You are on page 1of 276

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER
SECTION

PAGE

DATE

LEP

1
2
3
4

Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov

Contents

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 blank

Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005

72-03-00
Removal

401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427

CHAPTER
SECTION

04/2005
04/2005
04/2005
04/2005

Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005

72-03-00
Installation

PAGE

DATE

428
429
430
431
432

Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005

401
402
403
404
405
406
406 A
406 B blank
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433

Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Jan 16/2004
Jan 16/2004
Jan 16/2004
Jan 16/2004
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Jul 12/2002
Jul 12/2002
Nov 09/2001
Jul 12/2002
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Jul 12/2002
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001

72-03 LEP

Page 1
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER
SECTION

72-03-00
Inspection
Check

PAGE

DATE

434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462 blank

Jul 12/2002
Mar 01/2002
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
May 02/2003
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Jan 16/2004
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001
Nov 09/2001

601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611

Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005

CHAPTER
SECTION

PAGE
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652

72-03 LEP

DATE
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005

Page 2
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER
SECTION

72-03-00
Cleaning/
Painting

PAGE

DATE

653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686

Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005
Nov 04/2005

701
702
703
704
705
706

Sep 03/99
Sep 03/99
Sep 03/99
Sep 03/99
Sep 03/99
Sep 03/99

CHAPTER
SECTION
72-03-00
Approved
Repairs

PAGE
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840

72-03 LEP

DATE
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001

Page 3
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER
SECTION

PAGE
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876

DATE
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Aug 13/2004
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001
Mar 09/2001

72-03 LEP

Page 4
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

72-03-00

1.

General

401

2.

Consumable Materials

401

3.

Special Tools

401

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

403

5.

Hot Section Components - Removal

403

A.

Engine External Components

403

B.

Power Turbine Assembly and Exhaust Duct

405

C.

LP and HP Turbine Assemblies

406

D.

Turbine Support Case Assembly

421

E.

HP Turbine Vane Ring, Combustion Chamber Liner and HP


Turbine Stubshaft

425

TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

72-03-00

1.

General

401

2.

Consumable Materials

401

3.

Special Tools

402

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

403

5.

Hot Section Components - Installation

403

A.

HP Turbine Vane Ring, Combustion Chamber Liner and HP


Turbine Stubshaft

403

B.

Turbine Support Case Assembly

416

C.

HP and LP Turbine Assemblies

425

D.

Power Turbine and Exhaust Duct

447

E.

Engine External Components

455

TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

72-03-00

1.

General

601

2.

Consumable Materials

602

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 1
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK (Contd)

72-03-00

3.

Special Tools

602

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

603

5.

Gas Generator Case and Diffuser Exit Duct

603

A.

Gas Generator Case

603

B.

Diffuser Exit Ducts

603

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

Small Exit Duct, Inner and Outer Combustion Chamber Liner


Assemblies

605

A.

Small Exit Duct

605

B.

Inner Liner

608

C.

Outer Liner

610

Fuel Nozzles

614

A.

614

Inspection

Igniters

616

A.

616

Inspection

HP Turbine Stubshaft

616

A.

616

Inspection

HP Turbine Stubshaft Securing Nut

616

A.

616

Inspection

HP Turbine Vane Ring Segments

616

A.

616

Inspection

Vane Ring Outer Support Housing

623

A.

623

Inspection

Cooling Air Nozzle Housing

623

A.

623

Inspection

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 2
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK (Contd)


14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

72-03-00

HP Turbine Vane Ring/Turbine Support Case Sealing Ring

625

A.

625

Inspection

HP Turbine Disk Assembly

625

A.

625

Inspection

Interstage Air Seal Assembly

632

A.

632

General Inspection

HP Turbine Shroud Segments

634

A.

634

Inspection

LP Turbine Stator Assembly

634

A.

634

Inspection

LP Stator Sealing Rings

636

A.

636

Inspection

LP Turbine Disk Assembly

637

A.

637

Inspection

LP Turbine Shroud Segments

638

A.

638

Inspection

LP Turbine Interstage Sealing Ring

641

A.

641

Inspection

Turbine Support Case

641

A.

641

Inspection

Thermocouple Adapters

643

A.

643

Inspection

Low Pressure Turbine Housing Assembly

643

A.

643

Inspection

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 3
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK (Contd)


26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

72-03-00

Turbine Interstage Case No. 6 and 7 Bearing Housing

646

A.

646

Inspection

First-stage Power Turbine Stator

647

A.

647

Inspection

Power Turbine Stator Retaining Ring

648

A.

648

Inspection

Power Turbine Stator Baffle Assembly

648

A.

648

Inspection

Power Turbine Assembly

648

A.

648

Inspection

Second-stage Power Turbine Stator

650

A.

650

Inspection

Power Turbine Sealing Ring

653

A.

653

Inspection

Turbine Exhaust Duct

653

A.

653

Inspection

Power Turbine Shaft

653

A.

653

Inspection

Spacers

657

A.

657

Inspection

Thermocouples and Harness

657

A.

657

Inspection

No. 6 and 7 Bearing Pressure, Scavenge and Vent Transfer Tubes

657

A.

657

Inspection

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 4
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK (Contd)


38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

72-03-00

Air Seals

657

A.

657

Inspection

Bearings

658

A.

658

Inspection

HP and LP Turbine Disk Assembly Tip Clearances

658

A.

658

Procedure

First and Second-stage Power Turbine Assembly Blade Tip


Clearance

661

A.

Procedure

661

Fits and Clearances

663

A.

General

663

B.

Terms and Symbols

663

TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

72-03-00

1.

General

701

2.

Consumable Materials

701

3.

Special Tools

701

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

702

5.

Hot Section Gas Path Components

702

A.

General

702

B.

Turbine Interstage Case

704

TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

72-03-00

1.

General

801

2.

Consumable Materials

801

3.

Special Tools

802

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

803

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 5
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS (Contd)


5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

72-03-00

Turbine Vane Rings

803

A.

803

General

Engine Rotor Speed Matching

804

A.

Introduction

804

B.

Procedure

805

Replacement of HP Turbine Vane Ring Segments

824

A.

General

824

B.

Disassembly

827

C.

Assembly

827

Removal/Installation of No. 6 Bearing Inner Race and Rotor Air


Seal from/on LP Turbines

830

A.

Removal

830

B.

Installation

830

High and Low Pressure Turbine Shrouds - Grinding

830

A.

General

830

B.

Procedure Using Portable Grinding Fixture (PWC37919)

831

Low Pressure (LP) Stator Seal Diameters - Grinding and Machining

855

A.

General

855

B.

Procedure Using Portable Grinding Fixture (PWC37918)

856

Shanknut Replacement

870

A.

870

Procedure

Removal/Installation of Power Turbine Rotor Air Seal

870

A.

Removal

870

B.

Installation

873

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 6
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS (Contd)


13.

72-03-00

HP Turbine Stubshaft Securing Nut Thread Coating

873

A.

873

Procedure

72-03 CONTENTS

Page 7/8
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL
1.

General
A.

This section provides instructions for removing hot section gas path components.

B.

Use engine oil (PWC03-001) to lubricate packings, threads and mating faces, unless
otherwise stated, and as a heating medium in oil baths.

C.

Operators may choose to carry out a repair and not an HSI (e.g. to replace life limited or
defective components or for scheduling purposes etc.). If a repair is carried out, Hot
Section Borescope Inspection Criteria (Ref. 72-00-00, INSPECTION/CHECK) may be
used to determine serviceability/airworthiness of hot end components. Using this criteria
may not improve performance/increase ITT margin (lower ITT). It should be noted
that returning an engine to service after using the Borescope Inspection Criteria may
substantially increase the cost of subsequent repairs/refurbishments.

WARNING:

WEAR GOGGLES WHEN CUTTING LOCKWIRE.

WARNING:

GLOVES MUST BE WORN TO PROTECT SKIN WHEN DECONTAMINATING


AREAS CONTAINING GASKETS OR PACKINGS WHICH HAVE
DECOMPOSED DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES. HYDROFLUORIC ACID IS
PRODUCED WHEN THE MATERIAL DECOMPOSES. MEDICAL
TREATMENT IS REQUIRED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE IF THE ACID
TOUCHES BARE SKIN.

CAUTION: TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH ASSOCIATED SERVICEABLE


COMPONENTS, NEW COMPONENTS MUST BE FULLY INTERCHANGEABLE
WITH THOSE REPLACED.
CAUTION: CORROSION HAS BEEN ATTRIBUTED TO THE BREAKDOWN OF WD-40
AT HIGH TEMPERATURES. THEREFORE THIS COMPOUND MUST NOT BE
USED ON ENGINE COMPONENTS.
2.

Consumable Materials
The consumable materials listed below are referred to in this section. For more data, refer to
the CONSUMABLE MATERIALS section at the beginning of this manual.
WARNING:

3.

READ THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE YOU USE THESE
MATERIALS. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Item No.

Name

PWC03-001
PWC05-002

Oil, Engine
Dye, Layout

Special Tools
Special tools are identified in procedural text by part number in parentheses.
Tool No.

Name

PWC31050

Wrench

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 401
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Tool No.

Name

PWC32396
PWC32506
PWC37047
PWC37054
PWC37137
PWC37138
PWC37151
PWC37159
PWC37217
PWC37445
PWC37458
PWC37459
PWC37462
PWC37515-06
PWC37540
PWC37547
PWC37740
PWC37741
PWC37747
PWC37748
PWC37759
PWC37760
PWC37761
PWC37807
PWC37906
PWC37939
PWC38247
PWC38553
PWC38667 Rev. C
or subsequent
PWC54020
PWC54072
PWC54100
PWC54147
PWC54351
PWC54912
PWC56254

Jackscrew
Cylinder
Nut
Puller
Socket
Adapter
Adapter
Puller
Puller
Support
Adapter
Socket
Puller
Bar
Holder
Support
Puller
Pad
Pad
Puller
Pad
Adapter
Support
Pump
Adapter
Sling
Adapter
Puller
Puller
Gage
Guide
Puller
Unstaking Tool
Protractor
Socket
Drilling Fixture

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 402
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools


The fixtures, equipment and supplier tools listed below are referred to in procedural text.
Name
Bolts, Slave (0.190-32 UNJF-3A x 0.375)
Cleaner, Vacuum
Collar, Set, Screw No. BAS-A1-2, or equivalent
Drill
Drill Bit, Aircraft Extension, No. 578, 3/32 in. (2.38 mm), or equivalent
Feeler Taper
Gun, Heat - Thermofit Minigun (with reflector)
Wire Gage

5.

Hot Section Components - Removal


A.

Engine External Components


(1)

Remove oil filler valve (Ref. 72-01-50, OIL SYSTEM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)


and test per PTM INTERNATIONAL, CMM 79-20-01.
NOTE:

If the oil filler valve does not show evidence of oil leakage during an
engine run with the oil filler cap removed (2 minutes at 80%), the valve
testing per CMM is not required. CAUTION: Do not look directly into the
valve while operating the engine. Take precaution during testing to
avoid exposure to possible oil spray.

(2) Remove accessory gearbox breather tube (Ref. 72-01-50, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).


(3)

Remove No. 5 bearing vent tube (Ref. 72-01-50, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(4)

Remove intercompressor drain tube (Ref. 72-01-50, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(5)

Remove sealing tubes (1, Fig. 401).

(6)

Remove No. 6 and 7 bearing oil pressure, scavenge and vent tubes (Ref. 72-01-50,
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(7)

Remove No. 6 and 7 bearing oil pressure (1, Fig. 404), scavenge and vent transfer
tube assemblies.

(8)

Remove strainer (9) from oil pressure transfer tube (1).

CAUTION: GASKET (7) MUST BE REMOVED AND DISCARDED.


(9)
(10)

Remove retaining ring (4), plate (5), seal ring (6) and gaskets (7, 36) from transfer
tubes. Discard seal ring and gasket.
Remove sealing tubes (8) using puller (PWC37217).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 403
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

VIEW

13

12

1
10
MARK AT T.D.C.
11
8
9
6
3

7
1

5
4
2
3

C65718A
Power Turbine Assembly - Removal
Figure 401

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 404
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 401


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

B.

Tube
Bolt (MS9696-08, Qty 24)
Bolt (MS9217-06, Qty 3)
Exhaust Duct
Bolt
Cover
Retaining Ring
Keywasher
Nut
Power Turbine Rotor Assembly
Sealing Ring
Spacer
Shaft

(11)

Remove T6 thermocouple trim cable assembly (Ref. 72-01-60, REMOVAL/


INSTALLATION).

(12)

Remove T6 bus-bars (Ref. 72-01-60, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(13)

Remove sealing plates and T6 thermocouples (Ref. 72-01-60, REMOVAL/


INSTALLATION).

(14)

Disconnect fuel line. Remove flow divider and dump valve (Ref. 72-01-40,
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(15)

Remove fuel manifold (Ref. 72-01-40, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(16)

Remove fuel adapter assemblies (Ref. 72-01-40, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(17)

Remove igniters (Ref. 72-01-20, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(18)

Remove insulation blankets from turbine support case assembly (Ref. 72-50-00,
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES).

(19)

Remove insulation blankets from rear of gas generator case (Ref. 72-40-00,
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES).

Power Turbine Assembly and Exhaust Duct


(1)

Remove bolts (2, 3). To remove exhaust duct assembly (4), pull and rotate 5
degrees counterclockwise.

(2)

Find longest blade and check tip clearance in eight positions using taper feeler or
wire gage.

(3)

Add clearances and divide by eight to obtain the actual tip clearance.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 405
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(4)

Compare with the recommended tip clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1177).
NOTE:

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance. Tip
clearances outside specified limits are acceptable for power turbine
assemblies which are reinstalled in the same engine they were removed
from, providing engine performance is satisfactory and no power turbine
lockup has been reported.

(5)

Using layout dye (PWC05-002), mark top dead center (TDC) on power turbine
stator flange rear face (Ref. Fig. 401).

(6)

Remove bolts (5).

(7)

Remove power turbine disk cover (6) using puller (PWC37159).

(8)

Remove retaining ring (7) and keywasher (8). Discard keywasher.

(9)

Install socket (PWC37137) (1, Fig. 402), adapter (PWC37138) (2), bar
(PWC37515-06) (4) and wrench (PWC31050) (3), and remove nut (9, Fig. 401) from
shaft (13).

(10)

Remove tools.

CAUTION: ENSURE THAT NUT (11) IS REMOVED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF


POWER TURBINE ROTOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL TOOLING, AND THAT
STATOR ASSEMBLY MOVES FREELY DURING COMPLETE DISASSEMBLY
SEQUENCE.

C.

(11)

Install holder (PWC37540) (5, Fig. 403), pad (PWC37741) (1), puller (PWC37740)
(2), cylinder (PWC32506) (3) and pump (PWC37807) (4). Pull holder rearward until
lugs clear slots. Then rotate stator counterclockwise until index mark is 15
degrees before TDC. Operate pump to release power turbine rotor assembly, taking
care to ensure lugs on stator assembly pass through slots in turbine support
case assembly. Remove pump, cylinder, puller, pad and holder.

(12)

Install sling (PWC37939) (6) and remove power turbine rotor assembly (10, Fig.
401), ensuring labyrinth air seal is secure.

(13)

Install rotor assembly on support (PWC37761).

(14)

Remove sealing ring (11) and spacer (12).

(15)

Mark (using vibropeen) an X on power turbine stator in line with mark previously
applied (Ref. step (5) and Fig. 401).

LP and HP Turbine Assemblies


(1)

Remove baffle assembly (10) using puller (PWC54100).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 406
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(2)

Remove bolts (11) (Pre-SB21618) or (41) (Post-SB21618) and retaining rings (12,
13) (Pre-SB21618) or (37, 38) (Post-SB21618). Discard bolts.
NOTE:

(3)

Before removal, check retaining ring for cracks. If cracked, use layout dye
(PWC05-002) to number ring segments, No. 1 TDC and remaining ring
segments clockwise.

Install guide (PWC54072).

CAUTION: TAKE EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING TURBINE INTERSTAGE


CASE AND ASSOCIATED PARTS TO ENSURE NO. 6 BEARING IS NOT
DAMAGED.
(4)

Remove turbine interstage case and associated parts (15) (Pre-SB21618) or (39)
(Post-SB21618), using jackscrews (PWC32396). Place case on bench and remove
power turbine stator assembly (14), using fiber drift on airfoil.

(5)

Remove sealing ring (16).

(6)

Remove guide (PWC54072).

(7)

Install sealing ring (16) with gap at TDC in seal housing (26). Check radial
clearance is less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees, and less than
0.002 in. (0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference (Ref. Fig. 410). If
necessary, rotate ring until clearance is within limits. Reject ring if correct clearance
is unobtainable. Remove ring.

CAUTION: HANDLING OF BEARINGS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. WEAR


SYNTHETIC RUBBER OR NYLON MESH GLOVES WITH POLYETHYLENE
PALMS AND FINGERS. WHEN RUBBER OR NYLON GLOVES ARE
NOT AVAILABLE, COTTON GLOVES MAY BE WORN IF THEY ARE
CHANGED FREQUENTLY TO ENSURE THE FABRIC DOES NOT BECOME
IMPREGNATED WITH SWEAT. REFER TO 72-00-00, MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(8)

Remove No. 7 bearing inner race (17, Fig. 404) and labyrinth seal (18) using pad
(PWC37741), puller (PWC37054), adapter (PWC37906), cylinder (PWC32506) and
pump (PWC37807).

(9)

If required (Ref. Note), check LP turbine blade tip clearance as follows:


NOTE:

An LP turbine blade tip clearance check is only required if a repair


(component replacement) is being carried out. Refer to Inspection/Check
for procedure used during an HSI.

(a) Align hole with dowel and install support (PWC37445) (1, Fig. 405) using slave
bolts (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread).
(b) Using a dial indicator at point A, move disk assembly and measure total play of
bearing.
(c) Divide total play by two and record as bearing radial play.
(d) Check tip clearance at 12 oclock position as follows:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 407
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
4

2
3

C11133C
Power Turbine Assembly Retaining Nut - Removal
Figure 402

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 408
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 402


1.
2.
3.
4.

Socket
Adapter
Wrench
Bar

Find and position longest blade at 12 oclock position.

Load LP disk assembly away from shroud at 12 oclock position.

Using a 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) wide taper feeler or wire gage, measure
clearance. Record as total tip clearance.

Calculate actual tip clearance as shown below:


Actual tip clearance = A - B
NOTE:

The definition of the variables used in the formula are as follows:


v A = total tip clearance (Ref. step 3).
v B = bearing radial play (Ref. step (c)).

(e) Repeat procedure at 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions.


NOTE:

(f)

Tip clearance at the 6 oclock position should exceed the clearance at


the other positions by 0.004 in. (0.101 mm) due to offset ground
shrouds.

Compare actual tip clearance with value specified in Fits and Clearances,
REF. NO. 1382.
NOTE:

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance.

(g) Remove support (PWC37445).


(10)

Uncrimp No. 6 bearing rotor keywasher (21, Fig. 404), using unstaking tool
(PWC54147) and taking care not to damage No. 6 bearing retaining nut.
NOTE:

It is not necessary to remove retaining ring from nut.

(11)

Remove No. 6 bearing rotor nut (19) using support (PWC37445) (1, Fig. 407),
socket (PWC54912) (2), adapter (PWC38247) (3), bar (PWC37515-06) (5) and
wrench (PWC31050) (4). Remove tools.

(12)

Remove spacer (20, Fig. 404) and keywasher (21). Discard keywasher.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 409
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C11162B
Power Turbine Assembly - Removal
Figure 403

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 410
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 403


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(13)

Pad
Puller
Cylinder
Pump
Holder
Sling

Remove low pressure turbine disk assembly (22) using pad (PWC37747), puller
(PWC37748), cylinder (PWC32506) and pump (PWC37807).
NOTE: 1. If turbine assembly is to be replaced or refurbished, information covering
the position of trim balance rivets and weights shown on engine
reference data plate must be supplied to the overhaul/refurbishment
facilities which refurbish or supply replacement turbine assemblies.
NOTE: 2. Position of trim balance rivets and weights shown on engine reference
data plate, will ensure rivet holes required for trim balancing, are not
occupied during detail balancing. Record the position (orientation) of the
off-set side of non-symetrical trim balance weights before removal (if
applicable) to enable reinstallation in the same orientation.
NOTE: 3. If during a borescope inspection (routine or troubleshooting), a Hot
Section Inspection (HSI), or caused by a Performance Deterioration /
ECTM shift, a fracture of one or several HP, LP or PT blade is observed.
The workscope to be performed must be in accordance with the
associated Engine-Light Overhaul procedure for:
v HP Blade Fracture
v LP Blade Fracture
v PT Blade Fracture

CAUTION: ENSURE THAT LP STATOR IS NOT DROPPED IF IT COMES OUT WITH


TURBINE HOUSING.
(14)

Remove bolts (24), shroud segments (25) and seal housing (26) (Pre-SB21618) or
(40) (Post-SB21618), using jackscrews (PWC32396).

(15)

Remove shroud segments from housing.

(16)

Remove stator assembly (28) and sealing rings (27, 29).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 411
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

2
6

5
7
8
36

9
22

21

20
19

18
17

8
4

7
36
ROLL GASKET (7) INTO GROOVE
AND AROUND EDGE IF EXTENDING
BEYOND TUBE. GASKET MUST BE
IN FIRM CONTACT WITH CONICAL
SURFACE OF TUBE.

5
6

11
15

14

10

13

16

VIEW

12

A
C25823A
Low and High Pressure Turbine Assemblies - Removal
Figure 404 (Sheet 1 of 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 412
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 404


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

Oil Pressure Transfer Tube


Vent Transfer Tube
Scavenge Transfer Tube
Retaining Ring
Plate
Seal Ring
Gasket
Sealing Tube
Strainer
Baffle Assembly
Bolt (Pre-SB21618)
Retaining Ring, Upper (Pre-SB21618)
Retaining Ring, Lower (Pre-SB21618)
Stator Assembly
Interstage Case and Associated Parts
(Pre-SB21618)
Sealing Ring
Bearing Inner Race
Labyrinth Seal
Rotor Nut
Spacer
Keywasher
LP Turbine Disk Assembly

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

Spacer
Bolt
LP Turbine Shroud Segments
Seal Housing (Pre-SB21618)
Sealing Ring
LP Stator Assembly
Sealing Ring
Nut
Interstage Air Seal
HP Turbine Assembly
HP Turbine Shroud Segments
Bolt
Turbine Support Case
Gasket
Retaining Ring (Lower)
(Post-SB21618) (not illustrated)
Retaining Ring (Upper)
(Post-SB21618) (not illustrated)
Interstage Case and Associated Parts
(Post-SB21618) (not illustrated)
Seal Housing (Post-SB21618) (not
illustrated)
Bolt (Post-SB21618) (not illustrated)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 413
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

26
24

TURBINE SUPPORT CASE


25
23

C25824
Low and High Pressure Turbine Assemblies - Removal
Figure 404 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 414
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

33
32
31

30
34
35

29
28

27

C25825
Low and High Pressure Turbine Assemblies - Removal
Figure 404 (Sheet 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 415
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TIP
CLEARANCE

C21963
LP Turbine Blade Tip Clearance Check
Figure 405

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 416
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 405


1.
2.
3.
(17)

Support
No. 6 Bearing
LP Turbine Shroud

Check runout of HP turbine (Ref. Fig. 406). Record the results.


NOTE: 1. Before checking runout when the turbomachinery is horizontal, load
turbine axially 10 to 50 lbs. (4.54-22.68 kg) in direction of reduction
gearbox to remove bearing play.
NOTE: 2. If runout value is greater than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm), record angular
location of high point relative to offset hole (marked by X on rear cover
plate), using protractor (PWC54351).

(18)

Install adapter (PWC37151) and remove nuts (30).

(19)

Remove adapter (PWC37151).

(20)

Remove interstage air seal (31, Fig. 404) using puller (PWC38667C or subsequent)
, adapter (PWC37906), cylinder (PWC32506) and pump (PWC37807).

(21)

Remove spacer (23).

CAUTION: IF HP TURBINE BLADE(S) ARE TIGHT (NO RADIAL MOVEMENT), DISK


ASSEMBLY MUST BE DISASSEMBLED. REFER TO INSPECTION/CHECK
FOR INFORMATION COVERING SPECIAL INSPECTION
REQUIREMENTS.
(22)

Check HP turbine blades. If tight (no radial movement), disk assembly must be
disassembled, cleaned, crack checked, assembled and balanced in accordance
with the instructions in the PW100 Overhaul Manual or the PW100 CIR Manual P/N
3043515.

(23)

If required (Ref. Note), the following preliminary steps must be carried out to
determine HP turbine tip clearance.
NOTE:

An HP turbine blade tip clearance check is only required if a repair


(component replacement) is being carried out. Refer to Inspection/Check
for procedure used during an HSI.

(a) Using a dial indicator on the HP turbine disk, measure total play in No. 5
bearing.
(b) Divide total play by 2 and record value as bearing radial play.
(c) Mark blades at 3, 6, 9 and 12 oclock positions, using layout dye (PWC05-002).
(d) At the 12 oclock position, load disk assembly in a direction away from
shroud.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 417
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CHECK RUNOUT
AT THIS POINT AFTER
INSTALLATION

A
b

MARK V

VIEW A

a
LOAD HP SHAFT
IN THIS DIRECTION
3.500 IN.
(88.90 mm)
REF.

C25843
HP Turbine Disk Spacer - Dimension Check
Figure 406

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 418
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 406


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Adapter
Nozzle Housing
Spacer
Stubshaft
Turbine Disk Assembly
Oil Slinger

(e) Using a 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) wide feeler or wire gage, measure tip
clearance at 12 oclock position. Record as total tip clearance.
(f)

Repeat steps (d) and (e) at the 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions. Record the results.

CAUTION: REFER TO INSPECTION/CHECK FOR INFORMATION COVERING


SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR HP TURBINE BLADES.
CAUTION: IF DISK ASSEMBLY IS DISASSEMBLED, DISK AND FRONT AND REAR
COVER PLATES MUST BE CHECKED FOR CRACKS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE PW100 CIR MANUAL P/N 3043515.
CAUTION: TURN THE PULLER BOLTS 14 AT A TIME IN A STAR PATTERN (1, 3, 5, 2,
4). THIS IS TO PREVENT THE HP TURBINE DISK BEING REMOVED AT
AN ANGLE AND POSSIBLY DAMAGING THE HP STUBSHAFT SPIGOT.
(24)

Remove high pressure turbine assembly (32, Fig. 404) using puller (PWC37853).
NOTE: 1. If turbine assembly is to be replaced or refurbished, information covering
the position of trim balance rivets and weights shown on engine
reference data plate must be supplied to the overhaul/refurbishment
facilities which refurbish or supply replacement turbine assemblies.
NOTE: 2. Position of trim balance rivets and weights shown on engine reference
data plate, will ensure rivet holes required for trim balancing, are not
occupied during detail balancing. Record the position (orientation) of the
off-set side of non-symetrical trim balance weights before removal (if
applicable) to enable reinstallation in the same orientation.

(25)

If required (Ref. Note), check HP turbine blade tip clearance as follows:


NOTE:

An HP turbine blade tip clearance check is only required if a repair


(component replacement) is being carried out. Refer to Inspection/Check
for procedure used during an HSI.

(a) Install HP turbine disk assembly on gage (PWC54020).


(b) Load the marked blades (Ref. step (23)) radially by hand, radially outwards
towards the dial indicator and record the reading. Load the blades towards
the disk center and record reading. The difference obtained is blade radial play.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 419
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C11243A
No. 6 Bearing Rotor Nut - Removal
Figure 407

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 420
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 407


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Support
Socket
Adapter
Wrench
Bar

(c) Calculate actual tip clearance as shown below:


Actual tip clearance = A - (B + C)
NOTE:

The definition of the variables used in the formula are as follows;


v A = total tip clearance (Ref. step (23)(e)).
v B = bearing radial play (Ref. step (23)(b)).
v C = blade radial play (Ref. step (b)).

(d) Repeat calculation using blade radial play (Ref. step (b)) and total tip
clearances at 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions (Ref. step (23)(f)).
(e) Compare actual tip clearance with value specified in Fits and Clearances,
REF. NO. 1092.
NOTE:
D.

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance.

Turbine Support Case Assembly


(1)

Remove nuts (1, 4, Fig. 408), brackets (2, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23,
24, 27, 29, 30) and (32) (Post-SB21674), washer (14), spacers (26), lockplate (25),
heat shields (13, 20), plate (31) and bolts (5, 6, 7, 8, 28) from flange K of turbine
support case assembly (35, Fig. 404).

(2)

Remove turbine support case assembly (35) using jackscrews (PWC32396).

(3)

Remove bolts (3, Fig. 408) from turbine support case assembly.

(4)

Remove insulation blankets from turbine support case (Ref. 72-50-00,


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES).

(5)

Remove turbine shroud segments from turbine support case as follows:


(a) Pre-SB21588
1

Use a soft face hammer and a teflon drift to remove the HP turbine shroud
segments from the turbine support case.

(b) Post-SB21588

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 421
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

27

26

31

2
10
11

30

13

29

28

14

20

29

25

15

20

32

G
24

10

15

17

48

LOCKPLATE / BRACKET / HEATSHIELD


ARRANGEMENT AT LOCATION J

C
G

23

D
C

22

17
20

C
33

18

21

4
10

13

19
10

LOCATION
14
512
13
1432
33
3452
5356
5761
62
6364

BOLT
5
6
7
6
7
6
28
6
5
8

QTY
4
8
1
19
1
19
4
5
1
2

25
29

HEAT SHIELD
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION K

4
30

4
20

32

28
VIEW KK

HEAT SHIELD
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION E

C69132D
Turbine Support Case Flange (K) - Location of Bolts, Brackets, Heat Shields and Nuts
Figure 408 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 422
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 408


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.

Nut
Bracket (3122936-01)
Bolt (3029778)
Nut
Bolt (MS9697-14)
Bolt (MS9697-12)
Bolt (MS9706-12)
Bolt (MS9697-16)
DELETED
Bracket (3108597-01)
Bracket (MS9593-556)
DELETED
Heat Shield (3112177-01)
Washer (3010086)
Bracket (MS9552-118)
DELETED
Bracket (3115566-01)
Bracket (3108599-01)
Bracket (MS9593-366)
Heat Shield (3118935-01)
Bracket (MS9593-672)
Bracket (MS9593-195)
Bracket (3108938-01)
Bracket (MS9593-134)
Lockplate (3053837-01)
Spacer (3109805-01)
Bracket (3108597-03)
Bolt (MS9490-16)
Bracket (3053836-01)
Bracket (3108597-03)
Plate
Bracket (MS9593-434) (Post-SB21674)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 423
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

11 12 15 19 21

2
3
4

23 18 10
4

BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION D

BOLT AND BRACKET


ARRANGEMENT
AT LOCATION A

6
TYPICAL BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION C

16 22 24

26
27

4
6

8
TYPICAL BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION G

BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION L

17
4

4
6

TYPICAL BOLT
ARRANGEMENT

TERMINAL
ARRANGEMENT

C79696
Turbine Support Case Flange (K) - Location of Bolts, Brackets, Heat Shields and Nuts
Figure 408 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 424
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

E.

Remove retaining wires (1, 2, Fig 409).

Remove HP turbine shroud segments (3).

HP Turbine Vane Ring, Combustion Chamber Liner and HP Turbine Stubshaft


(1)

Mark, with layout dye (PWC05-002), position of TDC on combustion chamber inner
liner assembly (2, Fig. 410). Remove bolts (1) and combustion chamber inner liner
assembly.

(2)

Remove bolts (8) and keywashers (9). Discard keywashers.

(3)

Remove HP turbine vane ring (10) assembly and sealing ring (11) using jackscrews
(PWC32396).
NOTE:

If the small exit duct was previously repaired for a heatshield replacement,
inspection of the heatshield weld attachment is recommended. Refer to
INSPECTION/CHECK, small exit duct, for information covering inspection
requirements.

(4)

Heat inner flange 15 minutes minimum using heat gun and remove combustion
chamber outer liner (12) assembly.

(5)

Remove turbine stubshaft as follows:


(a) Remove retaining ring (3) and keywasher (4).
CAUTION: ROTATE SOCKET CLOCKWISE TO REMOVE NUT.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 1200 FT. LB. WHEN USING WRENCH (PWC31050)
TO REMOVE NUT (5).
(b) Remove stubshaft retaining nut (5) using anti-rotation adapter (PWC37458),
socket (PWC37459), bar (PWC37515-06), wrench (PWC31050) and support
(PWC37547).
(c) If nut (5) does not loosen, remove as follows:
1

Remove tools.

Install drilling fixture (PWC56254) (1, Fig. 411) on stubshaft bolts (4).

Install nuts (PWC37047) (3) on stubshaft bolts (4). Torque nuts fingertight.

CAUTION: ENSURE ALL INTERNAL HOLES AND CAVITIES LOCATED


OUTWARD OF STUBSHAFT ARE BLANKED OFF TO ENSURE
DRILLING DEBRIS DOES NOT ENTER ENGINE.
4

Using plastic sheeting and tape, blank off all holes and cavities located
outward of stubshaft (2).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 425
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
2

SECTION EE
WITH RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT
SECTION GG SIMILAR
4
3

D
DETAIL D
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT
DETAIL F SIMILAR

#2
#3

#1

#14
#13

#4

#12

#5

A
#6

#11

#7

FWD

#10

G
#8

#9

VIEW A
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT

C68526
High Pressure Turbine Shroud Segments (Post-SB21588) - Removal
Figure 409

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 426
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 409


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turbine Support Case Assembly


HP Turbine Shroud Segments
Retaining Wire
Retaining Wire

CAUTION: DIM. a MUST BE LESS THAN 1.230 in. (31.240 mm) TO ENSURE
STUBSHAFT IS NOT DAMAGED.
5

Install 332 in. (2.38 mm) aircraft extension drill bit No. 578 (5) in drill (6).
Install collar No. BAS-A1-2 (8) and ensure Dim. a between end of drill
and collar is 1.220 to 1.230 in. (30.990-31.240 mm).

Drill hole in stubshaft retaining nut (7) until collar (8) touches bushing (9)
on drilling fixture (1).

Remove drill (6), nuts (3) and drilling fixture (1).

Rotate drilling fixture 180 degrees and reinstall it on stubshaft bolts (4).

Install nuts (PWC37047) (3). Torque fingertight.

10

Drill another hole in stubshaft retaining nut (7) until collar (8) touches
bushing (9) on drilling fixture (1).

11

Remove drill (6), nut (3) and drilling fixture (1).

12

Rotate drilling fixture 90 degrees and reinstall it on stubshaft bolts (4).

13

Drill another hole in stubshaft retaining nut (7) until collar (8) touches bushing
(9) on drilling fixture (1).

14

Remove drill (6), nuts (3) and drilling fixture (1).

15

Using a vacuum cleaner, remove drilling debris from engine.

16

Remove plastic sheeting and tape blanking holes and cavities.

CAUTION: ROTATE SOCKET CLOCKWISE TO REMOVE NUT.


CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 1200 FT. LB. WHEN USING WRENCH
(PWC31050) TO REMOVE NUT (7).
17

Remove stubshaft retaining nut (7), using anti-rotation adapter (PWC37458),


socket (PWC37459), bar (PWC37515-06), wrench (PWC31050) and
support (PWC37547). Discard nut and remove tools.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 427
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

15

14

12
10
9

8
11
2

6
13

4
3

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

11

TURBINE
SUPPORT
CASE

C25827
HP Turbine Vane Ring and Combustion Chamber Liner - Removal
Figure 410

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 428
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 410


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Bolt
Combustion Chamber Inner Liner
Retaining Ring
Keywasher
Nut
HP Turbine Stubshaft
Bolt
Bolt
Keywasher
HP Turbine Vane Ring
Sealing Ring
Combustion Chamber Outer Liner
Spacer
Bolt
Support Housing

CAUTION: ENSURE HP TURBINE STUBSHAFT BOLTS ARE MARKED 1 TO 5


(REF. FIG. 412) BEFORE REMOVAL FROM STUBSHAFT.
CAUTION: NEW HP TURBINE STUBSHAFT BOLTS ARE RECOMMENDED TO
BE INSTALLED. USE THE CALCULATION DETAILED IN
INSTALLATION, TO ENSURE WEIGHTS ARE WITHIN LIMITS AND
BALANCING IS NOT AFFECTED. REMOVED BOLTS ARE
UNSERVICEABLE AND MUST BE DISCARDED AFTER WEIGHTS
ARE RECORDED.
CAUTION: IF STUBSHAFT REQUIRES REPLACEMENT, THE NEW STUBSHAFT
WITH THE ASSOCIATED BOLTS AND DISK ASSEMBLY MUST BE
RETURNED TO AN OVERHAUL FACILITY TO BE BALANCED AS A
SET.
(d) Mark bolts 1 to 5 (Ref. Fig. 412), using vibropeen.
(e) Remove stubshaft (6, Fig. 410) using pad (PWC37759), adapter (PWC37760),
spacers (5 each; 0.375 ID), nuts (PWC37047), cylinder (PWC32506) and pump
(PWC37807).
(f)

Remove bolts (7) from stubshaft. Discard all the bolts.

(g) Check engine log book to ensure weights of the original bolts installed at
previous rotor balancing are recorded. If weights are not recorded, clean and
weigh bolts removed from stubshaft. Record individual weights in engine log
book. These weights must be used to determine the weights of replacement bolts
when the rotor is not rebalanced. Discard bolts after weights are recorded.
(h) Remove spacer (13).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 429
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

4
3

SECTION

A-A

C34105A
HP Turbine Stubshaft Retaining Nut - Removal After Seizure
Figure 411

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 430
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 411


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
(6)

Drilling Fixture
Stubshaft
Nut
Bolt
Bit
Drill
Nut
Collar
Bushing

If required, remove bolts (14) and vane ring inner front support housing (15)
using puller (PWC37462).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 431
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

NO.1

IDENTIFIES
OFFSET HOLE

X
NO.5

NO.2

NO.4

NO.3

REAR VIEW

C11774A
Stubshaft - Numbering of Bolts
Figure 412

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - REMOVAL

Page 432
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION
1.

General
A.

This section provides instructions for assembling hot section gas path components.

B.

Use engine oil (PWC03-001) to lubricate packings, threads and mating faces, unless
otherwise stated, and as a heating medium in oil baths.

C.

Parts heated or cooled before assembly must be at room temperature when final
securing torque is applied.

D.

Special assembly instructions, torques and dimensional tolerances applicable to


assembly are contained in Inspection/Check and identified in text by Fits and Clearances
(F & C) reference numbers.

E.

Operators may choose to carry out a repair and not an HSI (e.g. to replace life limited or
defective components or for scheduling purposes etc.). If a repair is carried out, Hot
Section Borescope Inspection Criteria (Ref. 72-00-00, INSPECTION/CHECK) may be
used to determine serviceability/airworthiness of hot end components. Using this criteria
may not improve performance/increase ITT margin (lower ITT). It should be noted
that returning an engine to service after using the Borescope Inspection Criteria may
substantially increase the cost of subsequent repairs/refurbishments.

WARNING:

GLOVES MUST BE WORN TO PROTECT SKIN WHEN DECONTAMINATING


AREAS CONTAINING GASKETS OR PACKINGS WHICH HAVE
DECOMPOSED DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES. HYDROFLUORIC ACID IS
PRODUCED WHEN THE MATERIAL DECOMPOSES. MEDICAL
TREATMENT IS REQUIRED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE IF THE ACID
TOUCHES BARE SKIN.

CAUTION: TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH ASSOCIATED SERVICEABLE


COMPONENTS, NEW COMPONENTS MUST BE FULLY INTERCHANGEABLE
WITH THOSE REPLACED.
CAUTION: CORROSION HAS BEEN ATTRIBUTED TO THE BREAKDOWN OF WD-40
AT HIGH TEMPERATURES. THEREFORE THIS COMPOUND MUST NOT BE
USED ON ENGINE COMPONENTS.
2.

Consumable Materials
The consumable materials listed below are referred to in this section. For more data, refer to
the CONSUMABLE MATERIALS section at the beginning of this manual.
WARNING:

READ THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE YOU USE THESE
MATERIALS. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Item No.

Name

PWC03-001
PWC04-001
PWC05-002
PWC05-089

Oil, Engine
Grease
Dye, Layout
Lockwire

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 401
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Item No.

Name

PWC05-102
PWC05-295

Dry Ice
Lockwire (may be used instead of PWC05-089 for external
applications only)
Metal Marking
Compound, Anti-seize
Beeswax

PWC05-352
PWC06-009
PWC06-015
3.

Special Tools
Special tools are identified in procedural text by part number in parentheses.
Tool No.

Name

PWC31050
PWC32396
PWC32506
PWC37047
PWC37068
PWC37093
PWC37137
PWC37138
PWC37151
PWC37351
PWC37441
PWC37442
PWC37445
PWC37458
PWC37459
PWC37490
PWC37515-06
PWC37532
PWC37540
PWC37547
PWC37560
PWC37562
PWC37563
PWC37564
PWC37807
PWC37844
PWC37845
PWC37869
PWC37939
PWC37949

Wrench
Jackscrew
Cylinder
Nut
Bar
Crimper
Socket
Adapter
Adapter
Fixture
Pusher
Locator
Support
Adapter
Socket
Crimper
Bar
Riveter
Holder
Support
Adapter
Adapter
Adapter
Fixture
Pump
Guide
Drift
Base
Sling
Pusher

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 402
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

4.

Tool No.

Name

PWC38197
PWC38220
PWC38247
PWC54020
PWC54072
PWC54082
PWC54281
PWC54351
PWC54700
PWC54701
PWC54816
PWC54912
PWC56226

Fixture
Spacer
Adapter
Gage
Guide
Adapter
Pusher
Protractor
Slave Spacer
Slave Keywasher
Drift
Socket
Pusher

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools


The fixtures, equipment and supplier tools listed below are referred to in procedural text.
Name
Bolts, Slave (0.190-32 UNJF-3A x 0.375)
Feeler Gage, Taper
Gun, Heat - Thermofit Minigun (with reflector)
Pin, Guide (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread)
Socket Extention, Square-drive (3/8 in.)
Wire Gage

5.

Hot Section Components - Installation


A.

HP Turbine Vane Ring, Combustion Chamber Liner and HP Turbine Stubshaft


(1)

If removed, install vane ring inner front support housing as follows:


(a) Freeze support housing (15, Fig. 401) at -40C (-40F) for 15 minutes
minimum.
NOTE:

If a freezer is not available, cool, using dry ice (PWC05-102), for 15


minutes minimum.

(b) Align offset holes in support housing (15) and gas generator case.
(c) Using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread), install housing and bolts (14).
Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).
(2)

Install combustion chamber outer liner assembly (12) as follows:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 403
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

15

14

12
10
9

8
11
2

6
13

4
3

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

11

TURBINE
SUPPORT
CASE

C25827
HP Turbine Vane Ring and Combustion Chamber Liner - Installation
Figure 401

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 404
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 401


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Bolt
Combustion Chamber Inner Liner
Retaining Ring
Keywasher
Nut
HP Turbine Stubshaft
Bolt
Bolt
Keywasher
HP Turbine Vane Ring
Sealing Ring
Combustion Chamber Outer Liner
Spacer
Bolt
Support Housing

(a) Using a locator (PWC37442) as a go gage, check fuel nozzle adapter holes
in combustion chamber outer liner are free of raised material or ceramic. If
necessary, use a fine file to remove excess material.
(b) Heat inner flange for 15 minutes minimum using heat gun.
(c) Align offset holes in inner flange and support housing and install liner assembly
using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread).
(d) Install locators (PWC37442) in fuel adapter apertures.
(e) Seat inner flange using slave bolts (0.190-32 UNJF-3A 0.375).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 405
Jan 16/2004

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CAUTION: AN INCREASE IN HIGH PRESSURE VANE FLOW AREA IS


RECOMMENDED WHEN ENGINE IS REBUILT AFTER HOT SECTION
REFURBISHMENT.
CAUTION: REFER TO APPROVED REPAIRS FOR PROCEDURE TO DETERMINE
VANE CLASS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN RECOMMENDED FLOW AREA.
CAUTION: IF THE SMALL EXIT DUCT HAS NOT BEEN REPLACED AND WAS
PREVIOUSLY REPAIRED FOR HEATSHIELD REPLACEMENT,
INSPECTION OF THE HEATSHIELD WELD ATTACHMENT IS
RECOMMENDED BEFORE RE-INSTALLATION. REFER TO
INSPECTION/CHECK. SMALL EXIT DUCT, FOR INFORMATION
COVERING INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS.
(3)

Heat HP turbine vane ring segment assembly (10) in oven at 149 6C (300
10F) for 15 minutes minimum.
NOTE:

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun, noting heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the segment assembly. Sufficient time must be
taken to ensure the complete assembly is heated, thereby ensuring
distortion does not occur.

(4)

Align offset holes in cooling air nozzle housing and vane ring support housing and
install HP turbine vane ring segment assembly using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A
thread).

(5)

Install keywashers (9, Fig. 401) and bolts (8) as follows:


NOTE:

Do not lubricate bolts.

CAUTION: ENSURE CLEARANCE EXISTS BETWEEN COOLING AIR NOZZLE


HOUSING AND VANE SEGMENT INNER FLANGE AFTER VANE
RING SEGMENT ASSEMBLY (10) HAS BEEN INSTALLED AND
BEFORE BOLTS (8) HAVE BEEN TORQUED.
(a) Install keywashers (9) and bolts (8).
(b) Using a 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) feeler gage over 360 degrees, ensure clearance
exists between cooling air nozzle housing and vane ring segment inner flange
(Ref. Fig. 402). If clearance is less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) at any point,
remove segment assembly using jackscrews (PWC32396) and check that inner
support housing lugs are correctly installed in nozzle housing. Reassemble
(Ref. Approved Repairs) and reinstall vane ring segment assembly (Ref. step
(3)). Repeat procedure until clearance check is satisfactory.
(c) Torque bolts 19.5 to 26.0 lb.in. (2.20-2.94 Nm). Allow assembly to cool to room
temperature. Retorque bolts 19.5 to 26.0 lb.in. (2.20-2.94 Nm) and lock
keywashers.
(6)

Install combustion chamber inner liner assembly (2, Fig. 401) (with mark at TDC)
and bolts (1). Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).
NOTE:

The mark at TDC requirement does not apply to new liner assemblies.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 406
Jan 16/2004

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(7)

If required (Ref. Note 2 following step (e)), establish HP disk spacer thickness
required as follows (Ref. Fig. 403):
(a) Install adapter (PWC37560) (1) and load HP turbine shaft in direction shown.
Measure and record Dim. a from cooling air nozzle housing (2) to top surface
of adapter flange.
(b) Measure and record Dim. b of turbine stubshaft (4).
(c) Measure Dim. c in five positions, adjacent to bolt holes; record average.
(d) Calculate spacer thickness (in inches) required:
Dim. (3.500 + c + 0.115) - (a + b) = thickness required 0.005
NOTE: 1. For spacer thickness calculation, average axial dimension 0.115 in.
(2.92 mm) called up at F & C REF. NO. 1247 must be used.
NOTE: 2. Oil slinger (6, Fig. 403) remains in place during measurement.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 406A/406B
Jan 16/2004

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(e) Check thickness of existing spacer. If necessary, grind to thickness required or


replace with spacer ground to correct dimensions.
NOTE: 1. Spacers must be ground at a qualified overhaul or heavy maintenance
facility.
NOTE: 2. If ground, spacers must be demagnetized before installation.
NOTE: 3. Spacer thickness must be between 0.035 to 0.095 in. (0.889-2.410 mm).
If spacer thickness is not within the above limits, check measurements
and recalculate.
NOTE: 4. Both sides of spacer must be parallel within 0.0002 in. (0.005 mm).
NOTE: 5. An HP turbine disk spacer thickness check is necessary:
v When one or more components shown in Figure 404 are
replaced, and the sum of the dimensions of the replacement
components deviate by more than 0.0065 in. (0.165 mm) when
compared to the sum of the corresponding dimensions of the
replaced components.
(8)

Install turbine stubshaft (6, Fig. 401) as follows:


CAUTION: NEW HP TURBINE STUBSHAFT BOLTS ARE RECOMMENDED TO
BE INSTALLED. SELECT REPLACEMENT BOLTS USING THE
CALCULATION PROCESS DETAILED BELOW TO ENSURE
WEIGHTS ARE WITHIN LIMITS AND BALANCING IS NOT AFFECTED.
REPLACED BOLTS ARE UNSERVICEABLE AND MUST BE
DISCARDED AFTER WEIGHTS ARE RECORDED. BOLT MARKED
NO. 1 MUST BE INSTALLED IN OFFSET HOLE IDENTIFIED BY X AND
BOLTS 2 TO 5 CLOCKWISE (REF. FIG. 405) IN THE REMAINING
HOLES.
CAUTION: NEW HP TURBINE BOLTS ARE RECOMMENDED TO BE INSTALLED.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 407
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
FEELER GAGE

0.001 in.
(0.025 mm)
MINIMUM
VIEW

C30395
Cooling Air Nozzle Housing/Vane Ring Segment - Clearance Check
Figure 402

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 408
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 402


1.
2.

Vane Ring Segment


Cooling Air Nozzle Housing

CAUTION: IF STUBSHAFT REQUIRES REPLACEMENT, NEW STUBSHAFT


WITH THE ASSOCIATED BOLTS AND DISK ASSEMBLY MUST BE
RETURNED TO AN OVERHAUL FACILITY TO BE REBALANCED AS A
SET.
CAUTION: THE POSITIVE (+) AND NEGATIVE (-) SIGNS IN THE FOLLOWING
CALCULATION ARE EXTREMELY IMPORTANT AND MUST BE
CORRECTLY USED TO ENSURE BALANCING IS NOT AFFECTED.
(a)

The formula shown in Table 401 must be used to determine the weight of
replacement bolts:
NOTE: 1. New bolts may be lighter or heavier than the original bolts installed
at previous rotor balancing. The following procedure must be used to
maintain, between the new bolts, the same weight relationship that
existed between the original bolts to ensure balancing/vibration level is
not affected.
NOTE: 2. If the weight ranges for individual replacement bolts overlap, use the
heaviest replacement bolt where the heaviest of the original bolts
was installed.

(b) Example
1

Determine known variables as shown in Table 402:

Determine (P - A) as follows:
(P - A) = (23.75 - 23.98) = - 0.23 gm (negative 0.23 gm)

Determine weight range of replacement bolts 2, 3, 4 and 5 by applying


known variables to the formula (Ref. Table 401) as shown in Table 403.
NOTE:

To permit the use of bolts in stock, the weight range of the


replacement bolts may be shifted up or down by using a heavier
or lighter bolt for position No. 1 (P).

Select replacement bolts 2, 3, 4 and 5 within the weight range of Q, R, S


and T respectively as shown in Table 404.
NOTE:

If the weight ranges for individual bolts overlap, use the heaviest
replacement bolt where the heaviest of the original bolts was
installed.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 409
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CHECK RUNOUT
AT THIS POINT AFTER
INSTALLATION

A
b

MARK V

VIEW A

a
LOAD HP SHAFT
IN THIS DIRECTION
3.500 IN.
(88.90 mm)
REF.

C25843
HP Turbine Disk Spacer - Dimension Check
Figure 403

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 410
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 403


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Adapter
Nozzle Housing
Spacer
Stubshaft
Turbine Disk Assembly
Oil Slinger

TABLE 401, Formula Used to Determine Replacement Bolt Weights


Bolt
Location

Weight of
Original Bolts

Formula

Weight of
Replacement
Bolts

(B + (P-A)) 0.10 gm =

(C + (P-A)) 0.10 gm =

(D + (P-A)) 0.10 gm =

(E + (P-A)) 0.10 gm =

NOTE: 1. Letters A, B, C, D and E represent the weight of the original bolts,


P, Q, R, S and T represent the weight of the replacement bolts.
NOTE: 2. P represents the weight of a bolt selected by the operator from stock.
Refer to the engine log book for weight of original bolts installed at previous
rotor balancing.

TABLE 402, Determining Known Variables


Bolt
Location

Original Bolt Weight (grams)


Refer to Engine Log Book

Weight of Replacement Bolt (P) (grams)

23.98 (A)

23.75 (P) (Ref. NOTE)

23.90 (B)

24.18 (C)

24.14 (D)

23.95 (E)

NOTE: P represents the weight of a bolt selected by the operator from stock to use in location
No. 1.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 411
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

d
4

C12749B
HP Turbine Disk Spacer Thickness Requirement - Component Dimensional Checks
Figure 404

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 412
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 404


1.
2.
3.
4.

HP Turbine Disk Assembly


Combustion Chamber Outer Liner
Cooling Air Nozzle Housing
HP Turbine Stubshaft

TABLE 403, Determining Weight Range of Replacement Bolts 2, 3, 4 and 5


Bolt
Location

Weight of
Original Bolts

FORMULA

Weight Range of
Replacement
Bolts (grams)

23.98 (A)

23.75 (P)

P = 23.75

23.90 (B)

(23.90 + (- 0.23)) - 0.10 gm = Q

Q = 23.57

(23.90 + (- 0.23)) + 0.10 gm = Q

Q = 23.77

(24.18 + (- 0.23)) - 0.10 gm = R

R = 23.85

(24.18 + (- 0.23)) + 0.10 gm = R

R = 24.05

(24.14 + (- 0.23)) - 0.10 gm = S

S = 23.81

(24.14 + (- 0.23)) + 0.10 gm = S

S = 24.01

(23.95 + (- 0.23)) - 0.10 gm = T

T = 23.62

(23.95 + (- 0.23)) + 0.10 gm = T

T = 23.82

24.18 (C)

24.14 (D)

23.95 (E)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 413
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

NO.1

IDENTIFIES
OFFSET HOLE

X
NO.5

NO.2

NO.4

NO.3

REAR VIEW

C11774A
Stubshaft - Numbering of Bolts
Figure 405

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 414
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 404, Determining Actual Weight of Replacement Bolts 2, 3, 4 and 5

Bolt
Location

Weight of
Original Bolts
(grams)

Replacement
Bolt
Weight Range
(grams)

Replacement
Bolt
Actual Weight (grams)

23.98 (A)

23.75

23.75 (P)

23.90 (B)

23.57 to 23.77 (Ref. NOTE 1)

23.70 (Q) (Ref. NOTE 2)

24.18 (C)

23.85 to 24.05 (Ref. NOTE 1)

24.02 (R) (Ref. NOTE 2)

24.14 (D)

23.81 to 24.01 (Ref. NOTE 1)

23.89 (S) (Ref. NOTE 2)

23.95 (E)

23.62 to 23.82 (Ref. NOTE 1)

23.74 (T) (Ref. NOTE 2)

NOTE: 1. If the weight ranges for individual bolts overlap, use the heaviest replacement bolt at
the location where the heaviest of the original bolts was installed.
NOTE: 2. Weight of replacement bolts selected by the operator from stock to match the
appropriate weight range.
NOTE: 3. The weight of individual bolts may be reduced to get within the applicable weight
range by the incorporation of SB21301.
(c) Mark (by vibropeen) end of each new bolt with the appropriate number
established in the calculation process.
(d) Install new bolts (7, Fig. 401) in stubshaft (6).
NOTE:

Install bolt marked No. 1 in offset hole identified by X and bolts No. 2
to 5 clockwise in the remaining holes (Ref. Fig. 405).

(e) Install adapter (PWC54082) and nuts (PWC37047) on stubshaft bolts (7, Fig.
401). Torque nuts fingertight. Heat at 146 6C (300 10F) in oven for 5 to 7
minutes maximum.
NOTE:

(f)

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun. Note heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the stubshaft. Sufficient time must be taken
to ensure the complete stubshaft is heated to ensure distortion
does not occur.

Install spacer (13) as follows:


1

Existing spacer: install with V-mark aligned with master spline.

New spacer (Ref. Fig. 403): mark V, using electrolytic etch. Install with
V-mark aligned with master spline.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 415
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE HYDRAULIC PUMP, CYLINDER AND PUSHER


TO INSTALL THE STUBSHAFT. STUBSHAFT SPLINES AND MOST
OF THE SPIGOT MUST BE ENGAGED BEFORE THE PUSHER IS
INSTALLED. CYLINDER STROKE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 0.250
IN. IF THE SPLINES ARE FULLY ENGAGED.
(g) Align master spline and install heated stubshaft. Remove nuts and adapter. Do
step (h) immediately after stubshaft is installed.
CAUTION: ENSURE STUBSHAFT IS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE BEFORE
RELEASING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.
(h) Use pusher (PWC54281), cylinder (PWC32506) and hydraulic pump
(PWC37807) to seat stubshaft, using a hydraulic pressure of 4700 to 5100 psig
(axial load 13000 to 14000 lb.). Release hydraulic pressure when stubshaft
is at room temperature. Remove tools.
CAUTION: RECOATED NUTS MUST NOT BE LUBRICATED.
(i)

Lubricate HP turbine stubshaft retaining nut (5, Fig. 401) as follows:


1

Recoated nut (P/N 01R3109640-01).


Do not lubricate

New nut (P/N 3109640-01).


Lubricate threads and thrust face of nut with anti-seize compound
(PWC06-009).

(j)

Install nut using anti-rotation adapter (PWC37458), socket (PWC37459), bar


(PWC37515-06), wrench (PWC31050) and support (PWC37547).

(k) Using procedure detailed in F & C REF. NO. 1708, torque nut (5).
(l)

Install keywasher (4) and retaining ring (3), aligning V on retaining ring with HP
turbine stubshaft bolt marked No. 1.
NOTE:

B.

If required, mark V (by vibropeen) on retaining ring.

Turbine Support Case Assembly


NOTE:

HP turbine shroud segments are installed after shroud grinding (Ref. Approved
Repairs).

(1)

Install bolts (19, Fig. 407), bracket (18) and nuts (17) in turbine support case (35,
Fig. 406). Torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).

(2)

Install insulation blankets on turbine support case (Ref. 72-50-00, MAINTENANCE


PRACTICES).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 416
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

2
6

5
7
8
36

9
22

21

20
19

18
17

8
4

7
36
ROLL GASKET (7) INTO GROOVE
AND AROUND EDGE IF EXTENDING
BEYOND TUBE. GASKET MUST BE
IN FIRM CONTACT WITH CONICAL
SURFACE OF TUBE.

5
6

11
15

14

10

13

16

VIEW

12

A
C25823A
Low and High Pressure Turbine Assemblies - Installation
Figure 406 (Sheet 1 of 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 417
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 406


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

Oil Pressure Transfer Tube


Vent Transfer Tube
Scavenge Transfer Tube
Retaining Ring
Plate
Seal Ring
Gasket
Sealing Tube
Strainer
Baffle Assembly
Bolt (Pre-SB21618)
Retaining Ring, Upper
(Pre-SB21618)
Retaining Ring, Lower
(Pre-SB21618)
Stator Assembly
Interstage Case and Associated
Parts (Pre-SB21618)
Sealing Ring
Bearing Inner Race
Labyrinth Seal
Rotor Nut
Spacer
Keywasher
LP Turbine Disk Assembly

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.

40.
41.

Spacer
Bolt
LP Turbine Shroud Segments
Seal Housing (Pre-SB21618)
Sealing Ring
LP Stator Assembly
Sealing Ring
Nut
Interstage Air Seal
HP Turbine Assembly
HP Turbine Shroud Segments
Bolt
Turbine Support Case
Gasket
Retaining Ring (Lower)
(Post-SB21618) (not illustrated)
Retaining Ring (Upper)
(Post-SB21618) (not illustrated)
Interstage Case and Associated
Parts (Post-SB21618) (not
illustrated)
Seal Housing (Post-SB21618)
(not illustrated)
Bolt (Post-SB21618) (not
illustrated)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 418
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

26
24

TURBINE SUPPORT CASE


25
23

C25824
Low and High Pressure Turbine Assemblies - Installation
Figure 406 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 419
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

33
32
31

30
34
35

29
28

27

C25825
Low and High Pressure Turbine Assemblies - Installation
Figure 406 (Sheet 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 420
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

27

26

31

2
10
11

30

13

29

28

14

20

29

25

15

20

32

G
24

10

15

17

48

LOCKPLATE / BRACKET / HEATSHIELD


ARRANGEMENT AT LOCATION J

C
G

23

D
C

22

17
20

C
33

18

21

4
10

13

19
10

LOCATION
14
512
13
1432
33
3452
5356
5761
62
6364

BOLT
5
6
7
6
7
6
28
6
5
8

QTY
4
8
1
19
1
19
4
5
1
2

25
29

HEAT SHIELD
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION K

4
30

4
20

32

28
VIEW KK

HEAT SHIELD
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION E

C69132D
Turbine Support Case Flange (K) - Location of Bolts, Brackets, Heat Shields and Nuts
Figure 407 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 421
Jul 12/2002

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 407


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.

Nut
Bracket (3122936-01)
Bolt (3029778)
Nut
Bolt (MS9697-14)
Bolt (MS9697-12)
Bolt (MS9706-12)
Bolt (MS9697-16)
DELETED
Bracket (3108597-01)
Bracket (MS9593-556)
DELETED
Heat Shield (3112177-01)
Washer (3010086)
Bracket (MS9552-118)
DELETED
Bracket (3115566-01)
Bracket (3108599-01)
Bracket (MS9593-366)
Heat Shield (3118935-01)
Bracket (MS9593-672)
Bracket (MS9593-195)
Bracket (3108938-01)
Bracket (MS9593-134)
Lockplate (3053837-01)
Spacer (3109805-01)
Bracket (3108597-03)
Bolt (AS3307-16)
Bracket (3053836-01)
Bracket (3108597-03)
Plate
Bracket (MS9593-434) (Post-SB21674)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 422
Jul 12/2002

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

11 12 15 19 21

2
3
4

23 18 10
4

BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION D

BOLT AND BRACKET


ARRANGEMENT
AT LOCATION A

6
TYPICAL BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION C

16 22 24

26
27

4
6

8
TYPICAL BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION G

BRACKET
ARRANGEMENT AT
LOCATION L

17
4

4
6

TYPICAL BOLT
ARRANGEMENT

TERMINAL
ARRANGEMENT

C79696
Turbine Support Case Flange (K) - Location of Bolts, Brackets, Heat Shields and Nuts
Figure 407 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 423
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(3)

Install sealing ring (11, Fig. 401), with gap at TDC in turbine support case (35, Fig.
406). Check clearance is less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees
and less than 0.002 in. (0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference, using
feeler gage (Ref. Fig. 401). If necessary, rotate ring until clearance within limits.
Record position of gap. Reject ring if correct clearance is unobtainable.
NOTE:

If required, polish ring contact area on turbine support case to obtain


correct clearance.

(4)

Remove sealing ring from turbine support case and install on vane ring outer
support in same position as previously recorded. Use beeswax (PWC06-015)
to secure ring and keep it compressed.

(5)

Install turbine support case (35, Fig. 406) as follows:


(a) Install bolts (3, Fig. 407) in flange K of turbine support case
(b) Heat flange K of turbine support case, using heat gun.
(c) Align offset holes and install turbine support case on gas generator case.
(d) Install bolts (5, 6, 7, 8), plate (31), spacers (26), washer (14), brackets (2, 10,
11, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 27, 29, 30) and (32) (Post-SB21674),
lockplate (25), heat shields (13, 20) and nuts (1, 4). Torque nuts 85 to 95 lb.in.
(9.61-10.74 Nm).

(6)

Install insulation blankets on rear of gas generator case (Ref. 72-40-00,


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES).

(7)

Install fuel adapters (Ref. 72-01-40, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(8)

Install flow divider and dump valve. Connect fuel line (Ref. 72-01-40,
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(9)

Install fuel manifold (Ref. 72-01-40, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(10)

Install igniters (Ref. 72-01-20, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 424
Jul 12/2002

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C.

HP and LP Turbine Assemblies


CAUTION: BEFORE FURTHER ASSEMBLY, REFER TO ENGINE LOG BOOK, TO
ENSURE LIFED TURBINE COMPONENTS CAN CONTINUE IN SERVICE
UNTIL ENGINE REFURBISHMENT AND TO DETERMINE ENGINE
BUILD STANDARD.
CAUTION: DURING DETAIL BALANCING, REPLACEMENT OR REFURBISHMENT,
TURBINE ASSEMBLIES MUST BE BALANCED WITH RIVET HOLES
REQUIRED FOR TRIM BALANCING LEFT UNOCCUPIED. THEREFORE,
INFORMATION COVERING POSITION OF TRIM BALANCE WEIGHTS
AND RIVETS SHOWN ON ENGINE REFERENCE DATA PLATE MUST BE
SUPPLIED TO OVERHAUL/REFURBISHMENT FACILITIES BEFORE
ASSEMBLIES ARE BALANCED.
(1)

Heat interstage air seal (31, Fig. 406) in oven at 149 6C (300 10F) for 15
minutes minimum (Ref. Note). Install on HP turbine, using aligning fixture
(PWC37351) and drift (PWC54816).
NOTE:

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun. Note heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the seal. Sufficient time must be taken to
ensure the complete seal is heated to ensure distortion does not occur.

CAUTION: NOTE THE ORIENTATION OF UNSYMETRICALLY SHAPED BALANCE


WEIGHTS ON REPLACED TURBINE AND ENSURE THEY ARE
INSTALLED IN THE SAME ORIENTATION ON THE REPLACEMENT
TURBINE.
(2)

Install trim balance weights and rivets on a replacement turbine assembly in


accordance with engine reference data plate (Ref. Fig. 408), using riveter
(PWC37532).
NOTE:

(3)

Shroud replacement and/or grinding (Ref. Approved Repairs) may be


required, depending on diameter of replacement turbine assembly.

The following procedure is used to determine blade radial play which is required
when calculating tip clearance:
(a) Install disk assembly on gage (PWC54020).
CAUTION: IF HP TURBINE BLADE(S) ARE TIGHT (NO RADIAL MOVEMENT),
DISK ASSEMBLY MUST BE DISASSEMBLED. REFER TO
INSPECTION/CHECK FOR INFORMATION COVERING SPECIAL
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS.
(b) Check HP turbine blades for movement. If tight (no radial movement), refer to
Inspection/Check for information covering special inspection requirements.
(c) Select the longest and mark as 3, 6, 9 and 12, four equispaced blades, using
layout dye (PWC05-002).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 425
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

HIGH PRESSURE ROTOR TURBINE


NO. 1 RIVET IS THE NEAREST
TO V AND COUNTS COUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION

NO. 1 RIVET IS THE NEAREST


TO V AND COUNTS CLOCKWISE DIRECTION
V ON REAR COVER
BALANCE RIM

1 2
3

5
6
7
8

6
7
8

RIVET
WEIGHT

HIGH PRESSURE TURBINE


DOWNSTREAM FACE (REAR PLANE)

V ON FRONT COVER
BALANCE RIM

1
3 2

RIVET
WEIGHT

HIGH PRESSURE TURBINE


UPSTREAM FACE (FRONT PLANE)

ENGINE REFERENCE DATA

AT 59 F

SERIAL NO.
ENGINE BUILD SPEC
AT

SHP
6
NH

H FG3
H RG3
L
L

T 6 TRIM
NL

FA5
RA5

WHERE:
H.
F.
R.
A THRU E .
5.
G.

DENOTES H.P. TURBINE TRIM BALANCE.


DENOTES THE TURBINE FRONT PLANE.
DENOTES THE TURBINE REAR PLANE.
DENOTES THE CLASS OF BALANCE WEIGHT. (SEE NOTES)
DENOTES THE FIRST RIVET HOLE OCCUPIED BY THE BALANCE WEIGHT OR RIVET
IN THE DIRECTION OF COUNTING.
DENOTES BALANCE RIVET.

NOTES:
1) UNSYMMETRICAL BALANCE WEIGHTS MAY BE INSTALLED EITHER WAY.
2) A THRU E DENOTES CLASS 1 THRU 5. (REF. IPC)

C25841
High Pressure Turbine Trim Balance Weights - Installation and Data Plate Marking
Figure 408

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 426
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(d) Load a marked blade by hand radially outward towards the dial indicator and
record reading. Load the blade towards the disk center and record reading.
The difference obtained is blade radial play. Repeat the procedure at blades
marked 6, 9 and 12.
(4)

Freeze HP turbine assembly (32, Fig. 406) to -40C (-40F) for 15 minutes
minimum.
NOTE:

If freezer is not available, cool turbine, using dry ice (PWC05-102) for 15
minutes minimum.

(5)

Using engine oil (PWC03-001), lubricate turbine disk stubshaft spigot.

(6)

Using a heat gun (Max. temperature 260C (500F) (Ref. Note)), heat turbine
stubshaft for 15 minutes minimum, noting heat must be applied over complete
surface of stubshaft to ensure distortion does not occur.
NOTE:

(7)

Using thermocouple, check temperature of hot air produced by heat gun. If


necessary, reduce temperature to below 260C (500F).

Install HP turbine disk, aligning offset hole (identified by an X) with stubshaft bolt
(34) marked as No. 1. The disk should touch the HP stubshaft flange. Do steps (8)
and (9) immediately after HP disk is installed.

CAUTION: INSTALL USED NUTS TO SEAT HP TURBINE. REPLACE WITH NEW


NUTS, WHICH MUST NOT BE REMOVED DURING TORQUING
PROCEDURE - i.e., ENSURE NEW NUTS ARE USED ONLY ONCE.
CAUTION: ENSURE TURBINE DISK IS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE BEFORE
APPLYING FINAL TORQUE.
(8)

Install adapter (PWC37151) and used nuts on turbine bolts. Lubricate the nuts and
bolts with engine oil (PWC03-001) and use a speed wrench to bring the nuts into
contact with disk surface.

(9)

The bolts and nuts should be consecutively numbered 1 to 5. Torque tighten the
nuts in a star sequence pattern (1, 3, 5, 2, 4), 180 to 190 lb.in. (20.34-21.47 Nm),
in increments of 50 lb.in. (5.65 Nm).

(10)

To make sure the HP turbine disk and stubshaft are at room temperature, let the
assembly to become stable for 20 minutes minimum.

(11)

Torque tighten the nuts in a star sequence pattern (1, 3, 5, 2, 4), 250 to 260 lb.in.
(28.25-29.38 Nm),

CAUTION: REPLACE WITH NEW NUTS, WHICH MUST NOT BE REMOVED DURING
TORQUING PROCEDURE - i.e., ENSURE NEW NUTS ARE USED ONLY
ONCE.
CAUTION: ENSURE TURBINE DISK IS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE BEFORE
APPLYING FINAL TORQUE.
(12)

Remove one used nut at a time and replace with new nut. Torque each nut as it is
replaced to the final torque (F & C REF. NO. 1707, steps (5) and (6), Fig. 406).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 427
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(13)

Check runout of HP turbine (Ref. Fig. 403). Runout on replacement turbine must
be within 0.004 in. (0.101 mm) FIR. Runout on a reinstalled turbine must be within
0.004 in. (0.101 mm) and 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR (Ref. Note 2) of value
recorded before removal (Ref. Removal, LP and HP Turbine Assembly Removal,
HP Turbine Runout Check).
NOTE: 1. Before checking runout when the turbomachinery is horizontal, load
turbine axially 10 to 50 lb. (4.54-22.68 kg) in direction of reduction
gearbox to remove bearing play.
NOTE: 2. If runout value on a reinstalled turbine is more than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
of value recorded before removal, record angular location of high point
relative to offset hole (marked by an X on rear cover plate), using protractor
(PWC54351). The location of high point must be within 45 degrees
of high point recorded during disassembly (Ref. Removal, LP and HP
Turbine Assembly Removal, HP Turbine Runout Check).
NOTE: 3. If runout exceeds limits, remove the disk assembly and check fits,
parallelism and for the presence of foreign material. Reinstall the disk
assembly, using the recommended procedure (Ref. steps (4) to (13)
inclusive).
NOTE: 4. Runout value must be recorded in engine log book.

(14)

Check HP turbine blade tip clearance as follows:


(a) Using a dial indicator, move disk assembly and measure total play in No. 5
bearing.
(b) Divide value by 2 and record value as bearing radial play.
(c) Position blade marked 12 at 12 oclock position.
(d) Load disk assembly in a direction away from the shroud located at 12 oclock.
(e) Using a 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) wide feeler or wire gage, measure tip clearance
at 12 oclock position. Record as total tip clearance.
(f)

Repeat steps (d) and (e) at the 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions. Record the results
as total tip clearance.

(g) Calculate actual tip clearance as shown below:


Actual tip clearance = A - (B + C)
NOTE:

The definition of the variables used in the formula are as follows;


v A = total tip clearance (Ref. step (e)).
v B = bearing radial play (Ref. step (b)).
v C = blade radial play (Ref. step (3)(d)).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 428
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(h) Repeat calculation using blade radial play (Ref. step (3)(d)) and total tip
clearances at 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions (Ref. step (f)).
(i)

Compare actual tip clearance with value specified in Fits and Clearances,
REF. NO. 1092.
NOTE:

Tip clearance greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance.

CAUTION: TO ENSURE ADEQUATE SURGE MARGIN, LOW PRESSURE TURBINE


STATOR VANE FLOW AREA MUST NOT BE LESS THAN THAT SHOWN
(REF. APPROVED REPAIRS) FOR DIFFERENT BUILD STANDARDS.
LARGER FLOW AREAS INCREASE FUEL CONSUMPTION AND REQUIRE
HIGH PRESSURE AND FIRST STAGE POWER TURBINE VANE FLOW
AREAS TO BE ALTERED TO MAINTAIN LP/HP COMPRESSOR SPEED
MATCH.
CAUTION: REFER TO ENGINE LOG BOOK TO DETERMINE VANE FLOW AREA AND
SB INCORPORATION DURING BUILD.
CAUTION: THE SEAL DIAMETERS OF REPLACEMENT LP STATORS MUST BE
MACHINED TO OBTAIN CORRECT CLEARANCE WITH HP TURBINE
DISK REAR COVER PLATE AND INTERSTAGE SEAL (REF. APPROVED
REPAIRS).
(15)

Install sealing rings (1, 2, Fig. 409) on LP stator (3), positioning split in rings 180
degrees diametrically apart.

(16)

Install LP turbine stator (28, Fig. 406), seal housing (26) (Pre-SB21618) or (40)
(Post-SB21618) and LP turbine shrouds (25) as follows:
(a) Place seal housing (26) (Pre-SB21618) or (40) (Post-SB21618) on bench.
(b) Using teflon drift, install LP turbine shrouds (25) (Ref. Fig. 410) in turbine
housing, with No. 1 segment center slot aligned with hole on dowel RH side
and segments No. 2 to 14 installed clockwise. Check gap between segments
(F & C REF. NO. 1805).
(c) Turn LP turbine housing over.
(d) Align X-mark on lug with hole on LH side of dowel hole and install LP turbine
stator (28, Fig. 406) in housing. Load stator clockwise and, using feeler gage,
check that minimum gap between lugs and opposite side of slots is 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm).
NOTE:

If necessary, remove material from lugs to obtain minimum gap.

(e) Turn assembly over and, using appropriately sized packings or string, secure
stator to housing.
(f)

Heat associated turbine support case flange area using heat gun, then align
dowel pin with hole and, using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread), install
turbine housing and stator assembly, ensuring LP stator lugs engage in HP
shroud segment slots. Remove packings or string securing stator to housing.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 429
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

SPLIT IN RING

SPLIT IN RING

1
SECTION

AA
C25842

LP Turbine Stator and Sealing Rings - Assembly


Figure 409

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 430
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 409


1.
2.
3.

Sealing Ring
Sealing Ring
LP Stator

(g) Install bolts (24) and torque 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).


(17)

Determine spacer (23) class required as follows:


(a) Install sleeve (PWC38220) (3, Fig. 411) on LP shaft.
(b) Install adapter (PWC37562) (4), using slave bolts (0.190-32 UNJF-3A x 0.375).
(c) Load LP stator and LP turbine shaft, as shown.
(d) Measure Dim. a at three locations 120 degrees apart. Record average
dimension.
(e) Measure and record Dim. c.
(f)

Measure and record Dim. b.

(g) Calculate spacer thickness (in inches) required as follows:


Spacer thickness = (c + d + e) - (b + a + 0.084 in.)) 0.005
(h) Establish class required (Ref. IPC).
NOTE: 1. For Dim. d, use actual dimension marked on screw of adapter
(PWC37562).
NOTE: 2. Both sides of spacer must be parallel within 0.0002 in. (0.005 mm).
NOTE: 3. For Dim. e, use actual dimension marked as b on spacer
(PWC38220).
NOTE: 4. 0.084 in. is a nominal dimension (Ref. F & C REF. NO. 1355).
NOTE: 5. If ground, spacer must be demagnetized before installation.
(18)

Install spacer as follows:


(a) Existing spacer: align V-mark with V at end of LP shaft.
(b) New spacer: mark V (by vibropeen method or metal marking PWC05-352) on
OD. Install with Vs on LP shaft and spacer aligned.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 431
Jul 12/2002

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C11594
Installation of HP (Pre-SB21588) and LP Turbine Shroud Segments
Figure 410

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 432
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CAUTION: BEFORE FURTHER ASSEMBLY, REFER TO ENGINE LOG BOOK TO


ENSURE LIFED TURBINE COMPONENTS CAN CONTINUE IN SERVICE
UNTIL ENGINE REFURBISHMENT.
CAUTION: NOTE ORIENTATION OF UNSYMMETRICALLY SHAPED BALANCE
WEIGHTS ON REPLACED TURBINE AND ENSURE THEY ARE INSTALLED
IN THE SAME ORIENTATION ON REPLACEMENT TURBINE.
CAUTION: DURING DETAIL BALANCING, REPLACEMENT OR REFURBISHMENT,
TURBINE ASSEMBLIES MUST BE BALANCED WITH RIVET HOLES
REQUIRED FOR TRIM BALANCING LEFT UNOCCUPIED. THEREFORE,
INFORMATION COVERING POSITION OF TRIM BALANCE WEIGHTS AND
RIVETS SHOWN ON ENGINE REFERENCE DATA PLATE MUST BE
SUPPLIED TO OVERHAUL/REFURBISHMENT FACILITIES BEFORE
ASSEMBLIES ARE BALANCED.
(19)

Before further assembly, check LP turbine blades for movement. Radial and axial
movement of blade tips is acceptable. Axial movement of blade platforms, found
when pushing with fingers at blade root, is unacceptable, and LP turbine disk
assembly must be rejected.

(20)

Install trim balance weights and rivets on a replacement LP turbine assembly in


accordance with engine reference data plate (Ref. Fig. 412) using riveter
(PWC37532).
NOTE: 1. Shroud replacement and/or grinding (Ref. Approved Repairs) may be
required depending on diameter of replacement turbine.
NOTE: 2. Rotor air seal and No. 6 bearing inner race must be transferred from
replaced to replacement turbine (Ref. Approved Repairs).

(21)

Heat LP turbine at 149 6C (300 10F) in oven for 15 minutes minimum (Ref.
Note).
NOTE:

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun. Note heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the disk. Sufficient time must be taken to
ensure the complete disk is heated to ensure distortion does not occur.

(22)

Align master spline and install LP turbine assembly (22, Fig. 406), using pusher
(PWC37949), cylinder (PWC32506) and pump (PWC37807).

(23)

To seat turbine, lubricate threads and faces, using oil (PWC03-001), install slave
keywasher (PWC54701) (see Note 2, following), slave spacer (PWC54700) and nut
(19), then proceed as follows:
NOTE: 1. Let the turbine cool to room temperature before installing nut.
NOTE: 2. As an optional slave washer, use a keywasher with the tangs removed in
lieu of the tool.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 433
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C20350B
Low Pressure Turbine Spacer - Dimension Check
Figure 411

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 434
Jul 12/2002

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 411


1.
2.
3.
4.

LP Turbine Disk
Turbine Support Case
Spacer
Adapter

(a) Align hole with dowel and install support (PWC37445) (1, Fig. 413), socket
(PWC54912) (2), adapter (PWC38247) (3), bar (PWC37515-06) (5) and wrench
(PWC31050) (4).
NOTE:

Ensure support (PWC37445) is bolted securely to the turbine support


case to prevent damage to the LP turbine disk assembly.

CAUTION: ENSURE LP TURBINE IS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE BEFORE


APPLYING FINAL TORQUE.
(b) Torque nut 3600 lb.in. (406.80 Nm).
(c) Remove nut, support, adapter, socket, wrench, slave spacer and slave
keywasher.
(24)

Determine spacer (20, Fig. 406) class required as follows (Ref. Fig. 414):
(a) Install adapter (PWC37563) (2) fingertight. Rotate ring and cap assembly (3) to
load LP rotor shaft in forward direction and power turbine rotor shaft in
rearward direction.
(b) Measure and record Dim. a in three positions, using depth gage. Record
average dimension.
(c) Measure and record keywasher thickness.
(d) Measure and record Dim. b.
(e) Calculate spacer thickness (in inches) required:
(2.000 + 0.430) - (a + b + 0.250 + keywasher thickness) 0.005
NOTE:
(f)

For the spacer thickness calculation, average axial dimension


0.430 in. (10.922 mm) called up at F & C REF. NO. 1368 is used.

Establish class required (Ref. IPC).


NOTE: 1. Both sides of spacer must be parallel within 0.0002 in. (0.005 mm).
NOTE: 2. If ground, spacer must be demagnetized before installation.

(25)

Install keywasher (21, Fig. 406) as follows:


(a) Clean and dry face on No. 6 bearing contacting keywasher.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 435
Mar 01/2002

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LOW PRESSURE ROTOR TURBINE


NO. 1 RIVET IS THE NEAREST
TO V AND COUNTS COUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION

NO. 1 RIVET IS THE NEAREST


TO V AND COUNTS CLOCKWISE DIRECTION
V ON REAR
BALANCE RIM

1 2
3

5
6
7
8

6
7
8

RIVET
WEIGHT

LOW PRESSURE TURBINE


DOWNSTREAM FACE (REAR PLANE)

V ON FRONT
BALANCE RIM

1
3 2

RIVET
WEIGHT

LOW PRESSURE TURBINE


UPSTREAM FACE (FRONT PLANE)

ENGINE REFERENCE DATA

AT 59 F

SERIAL NO.
ENGINE BUILD SPEC
AT

SHP
6

T 6 TRIM

NH

NL

H
H
L
L

FB3

FG5

RB3

RG5

WHERE:
L.
F.
R.
A THRU E .
3.
G.

DENOTES L.P. TURBINE TRIM BALANCE .


DENOTES THE TURBINE FRONT PLANE.
DENOTES THE TURBINE REAR PLANE.
DENOTES THE CLASS OF BALANCE WEIGHT. (SEE NOTES)
DENOTES THE FIRST RIVET HOLE OCCUPIED BY THE BALANCE WEIGHT OR RIVET
IN THE DIRECTION OF COUNTING.
DENOTES BALANCE RIVET.

NOTES:
1) UNSYMMETRICAL BALANCE WEIGHTS MAY BE INSTALLED EITHER WAY.
2) A THRU E DENOTES CLASS 1 THRU 5. (REF. IPC)

C25840
Low Pressure Turbine Trim Balance Weights - Installation and Data Plate Marking
Figure 412

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 436
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(b) Lubricate, with engine oil (PWC03-001), keywasher face that contacts spacer.
Opposite face must be clean and dry.
(c) Install keywasher.
(d) Align hole with dowel and install support (PWC37445) (1, Fig. 413), using
slave bolts (0.190-32 UNJF-3A x 0.375).
(26)

Install spacer (20, Fig. 406) in nut (19).


NOTE:

Check that retaining ring is installed in nut.

(27)

Install nut (19), spacer (20), socket (PWC54912) (2, Fig. 413), adapter (PWC38247)
(3), bar (PWC37515-06) (5) and wrench (PWC31050) (4).

(28)

Torque nut (F & C REF. NO. 1706).

(29)

Remove wrench, adapter, bar and socket.

(30)

Check runout of disk adjacent to blade root (Ref. Fig. 414). Runout must not
exceed 0.004 in. (0.101 mm) FIR. Remove support.

(31)

Crimp keywasher (21, Fig. 406) in 4 positions, using crimper (PWC37490).

(32)

Heat labyrinth seal (18) in oven at 149 6C (300 10F) for 15 minutes minimum.
Install seal using pusher (PWC37441), aligning V with V-mark or air holes in power
turbine shaft.
NOTE:

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun. Note heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the seal. Sufficient time must be taken to
ensure the complete seal is heated evenly to ensure distortion does not
occur.

CAUTION: TIP CLEARANCE AT 6 OCLOCK POSITION MUST NOT BE LESS THAN


0.026 in. (0.660 mm) WITH ENGINE HORIZONTAL. DO NOT FORCE
FEELER GAGE. WHEN CHECKING CLEARANCE, ENSURE TURBINE
ASSEMBLY IS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE.
(33)

When components are at room temperature, check LP turbine tip clearance as


follows:
(a) Install support (PWC37445).
(b) Using a dial indicator at point A (Ref. Fig. 415), move disk assembly and
measure total play of bearing.
(c) Divide total bearing play by 2 and record as bearing radial play.
(d) Check tip clearance at 12 oclock position as follows:
1

Find and position longest blade at 12 oclock position.

Load LP turbine disk assembly away from shroud at 12 oclock position.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 437
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C11243A
No. 6 Bearing Rotor Nut - Installation
Figure 413

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 438
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 413


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Support
Socket
Adapter
Wrench
Bar

Using a 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) wide taper feeler or wire gage, measure
clearance. Record as total tip clearance.

Calculate actual tip clearance as shown below:


Actual tip clearance = A - B
NOTE:

The definition of the variables used in the formula are as follows;


v A = total tip clearance (Ref. step 3).
v B = bearing radial play (Ref. step (c)).

(e) Repeat procedure at 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions.


(f)

Compare actual tip clearance with value specified in Fits and Clearances,
REF. NO. 1382.
NOTE: 1. Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and
Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance.
NOTE: 2. Tip clearance at the 6 oclock position should exceed the clearance
at the other positions by 0.004 in. (0.101 mm) due to offset ground
shrouds.

(g) Remove support (PWC37445).


CAUTION: HANDLING OF BEARINGS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. WEAR
SYNTHETIC RUBBER OR NYLON MESH GLOVES WITH POLYETHYLENE
PALMS AND FINGERS. WHEN RUBBER OF NYLON GLOVES ARE NOT
AVAILABLE, COTTON GLOVES MAY BE WORN IF THEY ARE CHANGED
FREQUENTLY TO ENSURE THE FABRIC DOES NOT BECOME
IMPREGNATED WITH SWEAT. REFER TO 72-00-00, MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(34)

Install No. 7 bearing inner race (17, Fig. 406) as follows:


(a) Heat inner race at 115 5C (238 10F) in oil or in a bearing oven at 135
14C (275 25F) (Ref. Note) for 60 minutes (1 hour) minimum.
NOTE:

Ensure a thin layer of engine oil (PWC03-001) covers bearings before


they are heated in an oven.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 439
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LOAD POWER TURBINE SHAFT


IN THIS DIRECTION
3

CHECK RUN OUT


AT THIS POINT

LOAD LOW PRESSURE


TURBINE SHAFT
IN THIS DIRECTION

C25357
No. 6 Bearing Rotor Nut Spacer - Dimension Check
Figure 414

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 440
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 414


1.
2.
3.

Nut
Adapter
Ring and Cap Assembly

(b) Apply dry ice (PWC05-102) in plastic bag to shaft bearing journal for 15 minutes
minimum.
(c) Install race using pusher (PWC56226), ensuring serial number is visible (facing
rear of engine) and aligned with master spline of shaft.
(d) Allow race to cool. Visually inspect; if race is cracked, reject complete bearing.
(e) If necessary, remove condensation, using a lint-free cloth, and lubricate the
area with engine oil (PWC03-001).
CAUTION: TO ENSURE LP COMPRESSOR SPEED AND LP/HP COMPRESSOR
SPEED MATCH ARE NOT AFFECTED BY DIFFERENT BUILD STANDARDS,
FIRST-STAGE POWER TURBINE STATOR VANE-FLOW AREA MUST BE
REVIEWED (REF. APPROVED REPAIRS).
(35)

Install power turbine stator assembly (14) and sealing ring (16) on turbine
interstage case as follows:
(a) Place turbine interstage case and associated parts (15) (Pre-SB21618) or (39)
(Post-SB21618) on bench, downstream end uppermost.
(b) Heat power turbine stator assembly (14) in oven at 149 6C (300 10F) for
15 minutes minimum (Ref. Note).
NOTE:

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun. Note heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the stator assembly. Sufficient time must be
taken to ensure the complete stator assembly is heated evenly to
ensure distortion does not occur.

(c) Heat Area a on interstage case assembly, using a heat gun for 10 minutes
minimum.
(d) Align pin with dowel hole and install alignment guide (PWC37844) on
interstage case.
(e) Install power turbine stator assembly on interstage case. Using drift (PWC37845)
and a soft hammer, tap stator assembly around inner platform to ensure the
stator seats correctly. Remove alignment guide.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 441
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TIP
CLEARANCE

C21963
LP Turbine Blade Tip Clearance Check
Figure 415

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 442
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 415


1.
2.
3.

Support
No. 6 Bearing
LP Turbine Shroud

CAUTION: CLEARANCE BETWEEN FLANGES MUST BE LESS THAN


0.001 in. (0.025 mm) OVER 300 DEGREES TO ENSURE STATIC
COMPONENTS DO NOT CONTACT ROTATING COMPONENTS
DURING RUNNING CONDITIONS.
(f)

Ensure clearance between outer flanges of interstage case (2, Fig. 416) and
power turbine stator (1) is less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over 300 degrees.
Remove and reinstall power turbine stator (1) if clearance is not within limits.

(g) Install sealing ring (16, Fig. 406), with gap at TDC in seal housing (26)
(Pre-SB21618) or (40) (Post-SB21618). Check that radial clearance is less than
0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees and less than 0.002 in.
(0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference (Ref. Fig. 417). If necessary,
rotate ring until clearance is within limits. Record position of gap. Reject ring if
correct clearance is unobtainable. Remove ring and install in turbine
interstage case, ensuring word PRESS is facing forward and gap is in position
previously recorded.
CAUTION: TAKE EXTREME CARE WHEN INSTALLING TURBINE INTERSTAGE
CASE AND ASSOCIATED PARTS TO ENSURE NO. 6 AND 7
BEARINGS ARE NOT DAMAGED.
(h) Install turbine interstage case and associated parts (15, Fig. 406) (Pre-SB21618)
or (39) (Post-SB21618) as follows:
1

Install guide (PWC54072).

To facilitate assembly, push No. 7 bearing rollers toward power turbine


shaft centerline. Ensure they stay in position as close as possible to
the centerline during assembly sequence.

Heat turbine housing outside diameter 10 minutes minimum, using a heat


gun.

Using dry ice (PWC05-102), cool outer flange area of interstage case.

Align dowel hole and, using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread), install
turbine interstage case and associated parts.

Remove guide (PWC54072).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 443
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CLEARANCE MUST BE LESS THAN


0.001 IN. (0.025 mm) OVER 300 DEGREES
1

INNER PLATFORM

C12844B
Power Turbine Stator - Assembly
Figure 416

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 444
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 416


1.
2.

Power Turbine Stator Assembly


Interstage Case Assembly

CAUTION: ENSURE ONLY NEW BOLTS ARE USED TO SECURE RETAINING


RINGS.
(i)

Install retaining rings (12, 13) (Pre-SB21618) or (37, 38) (Post-SB21618) and
bolts (11) (Pre-SB21618) or (41) (Post-SB21618). Torque bolts (Pre-SB21618),
36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm) or bolts (Post-SB21618), 50 to 56 lb.in.
(5.65-6.33 Nm).
NOTE: 1. If retaining ring is in marked segments, install No. 1 segment TDC,
remaining segments clockwise.
NOTE: 2. Before installation, lubricate threads and underside of heads of bolts
with engine oil (PWC03-001).

(36)

Install baffle assembly (10) as follows:


(a) Freeze baffle assembly at -40C (-40F) for 30 minutes minimum.
NOTE:

If a freezer is not available, cool, using dry ice (PWC05-102) for 30


minutes minimum.

(b) Heat seat for baffle assembly (10) in turbine support case (35) for 10 minutes
minimum, using heat gun.
(c) Align guide pin on baffle assembly with slot in retaining ring (at approx.
10 oclock position).
(d) Install baffle assembly using, if necessary, a soft hammer.
(37)

Carry out an audio/visual check as follows:


(a) Remove starter-generator cover (Ref. 72-20-00) and install a 38 in. square-drive
socket extension or, if starter-generator is not installed, use gear train.
(b) Rotate HP turbine rotor.
NOTE:

If rubbing is evident and/or LP turbine and PT shafts turn, determine


and rectify cause before proceeding with assembly.

(c) Remove tool and, if required, install starter-generator cover (Ref. 72-20-00).
(38)

Install gaskets (36) on pressure oil transfer tubes (1) and scavenge oil transfer tube
(3).
NOTE:

Rotate gaskets during installation. When completely installed, straighten


gaskets.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 445
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBINE HOUSING

SEAL RING
WORD "PRESS"
THIS SIDE

C33975
LP Turbine/Interstage Case Seal Ring - Clearance Check
Figure 417

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 446
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CAUTION: TO PREVENT OIL LEAKS, NEW GASKETS MUST BE USED.


(39)

Install gaskets (7) on transfer tubes (1, 2, 3) using crimper (PWC37093).

(40)

Install strainer (9) in transfer tube (1) using a small amount of grease (PWC04-001)
to retain the strainer in position.

(41)

Install seal rings (6), plates (5) and retaining rings (4) on transfer tubes (1, 2, 3).

CAUTION: DO NOT LUBRICATE TRANSFER TUBE THREADS.


(42)

Install sealing tubes (8) and transfer tubes (1, 2, 3) (Ref. Note). Torque transfer
tubes 100 lb.in. (11.30 Nm). Remove transfer tubes and examine gaskets to
ensure each has 100% surface contact with its seat. If contact is satisfactory, reinstall
transfer tubes and torque 400 to 450 lb.in. (45.19-50.84 Nm). If contact is
unsatisfactory, replace transfer tube and gasket and repeat assembly procedure.
NOTE:

D.

During initial assembly, transfer tubes are marked BR (vent), PR (pressure)


and SC (scavenge) to identify locations at which they are installed. If
required, mark replacement tubes. Install at location marked.

(43)

Install No. 6 and 7 bearing oil pressure, scavenge and vent tubes (Ref. 72-01-50,
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

(44)

Install T6 thermocouples, adapters and sealing plates (Ref. 72-01-60,


REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

Power Turbine and Exhaust Duct (Ref. Fig. 418)


(1)

Determine spacer (12) thickness required as follows (Ref. Fig. 419):


(a) Install fixture (PWC37564) (1) using slave bolts (0.190-32 UNJF-3A threads).
Screw head (2) until it is completely seated on shaft. Rotate knurled knob (3)
to load shaft.
(b) Install base (PWC37869) (4) and bar (PWC37068) (5).
CAUTION: IF POWER TURBINE STATOR INNER PLATFORM IS CRACKED,
DIM. a MUST BE MEASURED 90 DEGREES FROM CRACK.
(c) Measure and record Dim. a.
(d) Measure and record Dim. b.
(e) Measure and record Dim. c (from first-stage power turbine blade platform to
stubshaft seal face).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 447
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

VIEW

13

12

1
10
MARK AT T.D.C.
11
8
9
6
3

7
1

5
4
2
3

C65718A
Power Turbine Assembly - Installation
Figure 418

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 448
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 418


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
(f)

Tube
Bolt (MS9696-08, Qty 24)
Bolt (MS9217-06, Qty 3)
Exhaust Duct
Bolt
Cover
Retaining Ring
Keywasher
Nut
Power Turbine Rotor Assembly
Sealing Ring
Spacer
Shaft

Calculate spacer thickness (in inches) required as follows:


(b + d + c) - (a + 0. 020) = Spacer thickness 0.005
NOTE: 1. For Dim. d use actual dimension marked on head (part of PWC37564)
(1).
NOTE: 2. For spacer thickness calculation, average axial dimension 0.020 in.
(0.508 mm) called up at F & C REF. NO. 1381 must be used.

(g) Check thickness of existing spacer. If necessary, grind to thickness required or


replace with new spacer ground to correct dimensions.
NOTE: 1. Both sides of spacer must be parallel within 0.0002 in. (0.005 mm).
NOTE: 2. Spacers must be ground at a qualified overhaul or heavy
maintenance facility.
NOTE: 3. If ground, spacer must be demagnetized before installation.
(h) Remove tools.
(2)

Install spacer as follows:


(a) Existing spacer: align V-mark with V at end of power turbine shaft.
(b) New spacer: mark V (by vibropeen) on OD. Install with V-marks on power
turbine shaft and spacer aligned.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 449
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

FIRST STAGE POWER TURBINE

MOUNTED ON BENCH

a
b

LOAD POWER TURBINE


SHAFT IN THIS DIRECTION

C33976
Power Turbine Rotor - Spacer Thickness Check
Figure 419

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 450
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 419


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Fixture
Head
Knurled knob
Base
Bar

CAUTION: BEFORE FURTHER ASSEMBLY, REFER TO AIRWORTHINESS


LIMITATIONS, AND ENGINE LOG BOOK, TO ENSURE LIFED TURBINE
COMPONENTS CAN CONTINUE IN SERVICE UNTIL ENGINE
REFURBISHMENT.
(3)

Install power turbine rotor balancing assembly (13, Fig. 418) as follows:
(a) Install sealing ring (11) with gap at TDC in turbine support case with marking
HIGH PRESS facing forward (Ref. Fig. 420). Check that radial clearance is
less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees and less than 0.002 in.
(0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference. If necessary, rotate ring until
clearance is within limits. Record position of gap. Reject ring if correct clearance
is unobtainable.
(b) Remove sealing ring and install on PT rotor balancing assembly (10, Fig. 418),
with marking HIGH PRESS toward PT blades and gap in position previously
recorded. Use beeswax (PWC06-015) to hold sealing ring in compression.
(c) Install sling (PWC37939) (5, Fig. 421) and if required, holder (PWC37540) (4)
on rotor balancing assembly.
NOTE:

Holder (PWC37540) is required only after difficulty is experienced


when aligning the lugs/slots during the installation procedure.

(d) Heat turbine stubshaft for 10 minutes minimum using heat gun.
(e) Locate X-mark on stator and split of sealing ring at TDC.
NOTE:
(f)

X-mark may be on either the rear flange or outer diameter of the


stator.

Align master spline on shaft with X-mark on stator and install power turbine
rotor balancing assembly in turbine support case.

CAUTION: GUIDE LABYRINTH SEAL DURING INITIAL ASSEMBLY.


CAUTION: ENSURE POWER TURBINE STATOR MOVES FREELY DURING
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE.
(g) Use heat gun to melt beeswax. Ensure sealing ring expands.
(h) Push rotor assembly forward until power turbine stator lugs A rest on Surface C
(Ref. Fig. 422).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 451
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

0.016 IN. MINIMUM


(0.406 mm)

AREA

0.019 IN. MAXIMUM


(0.482 mm)

MARKING "HIGH PRESS"


THIS SIDE

CHECK RUN OUT AT


THIS POINT

C25839
Power Turbine Rotor - Assembly Checks
Figure 420

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 452
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(i)

Rotate stator assembly 15 degrees counterclockwise.

(j)

Push rotor assembly forward until stator lugs A pass through support case slots
F, and lugs B and rest on Surface D.

(k) Rotate stator assembly clockwise until lugs B engage slot G.


(l)

Remove sling and, if installed, holder.

(m) Seat rotor assembly on shaft, using pusher (PWC56226) (1, Fig. 421), cylinder
(PWC32506) (2) and pump (PWC37807) (3).
(4)

Push stator assembly forward as far as possible and check that Dim. a on Figure
420 is 3.430 in. (87.122 mm) minimum.

(5)

Lubricate with anti-seize compound (PWC06-009), the power turbine shaft thread
and rotor face contacting nut (9, Fig. 418).

(6)

Install nut (9), socket (PWC37137) (1, Fig. 423), adapter (PWC37138) (2), bar
(PWC37515-06) (4) and wrench (PWC31050) (3). Torque nut (F & C REF. NO.
1701).
(a) Remove tools.
(b) Check that power turbine stator moves freely.

(7)

Install keywasher (8, Fig. 418) and retaining ring (7).

(8)

Find longest blade and check tip clearance in eight positions using taper feeler or
wire gage.

(9)

Add clearances and divide by eight to obtain the actual tip clearance.

(10)

Compare with the recommended tip clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1177).
NOTE:

(11)

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance. Tip
clearances outside specified limits are acceptable for power turbine
assemblies which are reinstalled in the same engine they were removed
from, providing engine performance is satisfactory and no power turbine
lockup has been reported.

Using loading fixture (PWC38197), ensure runout on disk platform (Ref. Fig. 420)
does not exceed 0.002 in. (0.050 mm) FIR.
NOTE:

If runout exceeds 0.002 in. (0.050 mm), check the following components
and if necessary, rectify before proceeding with assembly:
v Turbine assembly not seated correctly.
v Parallelism of No. 7 bearing air seals is out of tolerance (front seal
0.0005 in. (0.0127 mm); rear seal 0.0002 in. (0.0050 mm)).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 453
May 02/2003

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C14330A
Power Turbine Assembly - Installation
Figure 421

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 454
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 421


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Pusher
Cylinder
Pump
Holder
Sling

v Parallelism at No. 7 bearing rear spacer is out of tolerance (0.0002 in.


(0.0050 mm)).
v Spigot diameter (turbine assembly-to-turbine shaft) runout and/or
concentricity out of tolerance (runout 0.0005 in. (0.0127 mm); concentricity
0.002 in. (0.050 mm)).
v Spline is defective.
(12)

Freeze power turbine disk cover (6, Fig. 418) to -40C (-40F) for 15 minutes
minimum.
NOTE:

If a freezer is not available, cool using dry ice (PWC05-102) for 15


minutes minimum.

(13)

Install disk cover and bolts (5). Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).

(14)

Rotate propeller shaft manually and check that rotation is free and there are no
unusual noises. If rubbing is evident, determine and rectify cause before proceeding
with assembly.

(15)

Install exhaust duct assembly (4) as follows:


(a) Locate top hole on duct flange 5 degrees counterclockwise of top hole on
turbine support case flange.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE LOCKWIRE (PWC05-295) TO SECURE BOLTS (2).
THIS LOCKWIRE MUST BE USED FOR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS
ONLY.
(b) Install duct in support case, push in and rotate clockwise 5 degrees to line up
with top hole. Install bolts (2, 3) (1, 2, Fig. 424). Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in.
(4.07-4.52 Nm). Secure bolts (2, Fig. 418) (2, Fig. 424) with lockwire
(PWC05-089).

E.

Engine External Components


(1)

Install T6 trim cable (Ref. 72-01-60).

(2)

Install T6 bus-bars and connect trim cable (Ref. 72-01-60).

(3)

Install sealing tubes (1, Fig. 418) and intercompressor case drain tube assembly
(Ref. 72-01-50).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 455
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

ROTATE

TURBINE SUPPORT CASE

SLOT G
LUG

A
STATOR ASSEMBLY

SLOT F
LUG

SURFACE C

SURFACE D

C11571B
Power Turbine Stator - Installation
Figure 422

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 456
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(4)

Install No. 5 bearing vent tube (Ref. 72-01-50).

(5)

Install accessory gearbox breather tube (Ref. 72-01-50).

(6)

Install oil filler valve (Ref. 72-01-50, OIL SYSTEM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 457
Jan 16/2004

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
4

2
3

C11133C
Power Turbine Assembly Retaining Nut - Installation
Figure 423

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 458
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 423


1.
2.
3.
4.

Socket
Adapter
Wrench
Bar

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 459
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
1

1
1
2

1
1

C12565
Exhaust Duct Attaching Bolts - Location
Figure 424

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 460
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 424


1.
2.
3.

Bolt
Bolt
Exhaust Duct

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSTALLATION

Page 461/462
Nov 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK
1.

General
A.

This section provides instructions for inspecting hot section gas path components.

B.

Use engine oil (PWC03-001) for general lubrication, unless stated otherwise.

C.

Special assembly instructions, torques and dimensional tolerances are identified in text
by Fits and Clearances (F & C) reference numbers.

D.

The condition of air seals and hot-end components located in the gas path deteriorates
during the life of an engine, and this deterioration can adversely affect engine
performance. The following inspection criteria define limits to which components may
deteriorate without affecting engine performance or maximum service life of the
component. The criteria given are for maintenance use only. No repairs are specified,
although if the HSI is carried out at an overhaul facility, components may be refurbished
as specified in the applicable CIR Manual.

E.

Operators may choose to carry out a repair and not an HSI (e.g. to replace life limited or
defective components, or for scheduling purposes etc.) If a repair is carried out, Hot
Section Borescope Inspection Criteria (Ref. 72-00-00, INSPECTION/CHECK) may be
used to determine serviceability/airworthiness of hot end components. Using this criteria
may not improve performance/increase ITT margin (lower ITT). It should be noted
returning an engine to service after using the Borescope Inspection Criteria may
substantially increase the cost of subsequent repairs/refurbishments.

F.

If during a borescope inspection (routine or troubleshooting), a Hot Section Inspection


(HSI), or caused by a Performance Deterioration / ECTM shift, a fracture of one or
several HP, LP or PT blade is observed. The workscope to be performed must be in
accordance with the associated Engine-Light Overhaul procedure for:
v HP Blade Fracture
v LP Blade Fracture
v PT Blade Fracture

G. Operators having no overhaul capability are recommended to send rejected components


to an overhaul facility for an inspection in accordance with the PW100 CIR Manual
instructions. The inspections are to be carried out to determine if a repair is available,
feasible and economically justified.
H.

Fuel nozzles must be marked during disassembly to enable identification of the engine
location at which they were installed. This will permit component distress to be related to
individual nozzles.

I.

When high and low pressure turbine balancing assembly components are changed, the
assembly must be rebalanced (or a balanced assembly installed). This involves
transferring trim balance weights from the replaced to the replacement turbine assembly
(Ref. Engine Data Plate) and may also involve shroud grinding to restore tip clearance.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 601
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

J.

A borescope inspection of LP and HP impellers should be carried out prior to hot section
inspection to ensure cold end gas path components are within limits.

K.

A borescope inspection of ICC cavity should be carried out prior to hot section
inspection to check for oil accumulation.

L.

To control component life (Ref. AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS), operators returning


turbine assemblies for repair should also complete and return disk history sheets and, if
required, life limited parts log sheet for HP turbine covers. After repair, without the
information contained on the sheets, overhaul facilities are unable to suitably mark and
return assemblies as serviceable to the operator.

M. To ensure best possible engine performance after shroud grinding, LP and HP turbine
shrouds must be ground to give minimum tip clearance with the associated blades.
N.

Power assurance checks should be carried out both prior to, and subsequent to, hot
section inspections to determine the effectiveness of refurbishment and assembly
procedures.

O. To facilitate vane matching on subsequent occasions, complete, as far as possible,


Engine Build and Test Data sheet detailed in Figure 601.
CAUTION: TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH ASSOCIATED SERVICEABLE
COMPONENTS, NEW COMPONENTS MUST BE FULLY INTERCHANGEABLE
WITH THOSE REPLACED.
2.

Consumable Materials
The consumable materials listed below are referred to in this section. For more data, refer to
the CONSUMABLE MATERIALS section at the beginning of this manual.
WARNING:

3.

READ THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE YOU USE THESE
MATERIALS. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Item No.

Name

PWC03-001
PWC05-002
PWC06-009

Oil, Engine
Dye, Layout
Compound, Antiseize

Special Tools
Special tools are identified in procedural text by part number in parentheses.
Tool No.

Name

PWC32396
PWC32506
PWC37807
PWC38217
PWC38487
PWC54020

Jackscrew
Cylinder
Pump
Holder
Gage
Gage

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 602
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

4.

Tool No.

Name

PWC54281

Pusher

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools


The fixtures, equipment and supplier tools listed below are referred to in procedural text.
Name
Drill
Gages, Feeler
Gages, Wire
Magnifying Glass (10X)
Micrometer, Internal
Pin, Guide (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread)
Tap (0.500-20 UNJF-3B)
Wheel, Rotary, Scotchbrite, or equivalent

5.

Gas Generator Case and Diffuser Exit Duct


A.

Gas Generator Case


(1)

Visually inspect for:


(a) Raised metal or burrs:
Stone to remove.
(b) Dents/nicks/scores/scratches from 0.005 to 0.008 in. (0.127-0.203 mm) deep:
Blend up to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep maximum.
(c) Loose or damaged pins:
Replace loose or damaged pin.
(d) Loose or damaged shanknuts or shanknuts with low rundown torque:
Replace shanknuts if loose, damaged or with low rundown torque.
(e) Cracked P3 bleed and fuel nozzle bosses:
Replace gas generator case if cracks are found.

B.

Diffuser Exit Ducts


(1)

Inspect gas generator case diffuser exit ducts for cracks using a light and mirror.
Engines having gas generator cases with cracked diffuser exit ducts must be
returned to an overhaul facility for repair.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 603
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

ENGINE BUILD & TEST DATA RECORD


PW127G / PW127H / PW127J
THIS SHEET IS USED TO RECORD DATA WHICH WILL HELP WITH FUTURE VANE MATCHING
AIRLINE / FACILITY:

DATE:

ENGINE MODEL:

TSN /CSN:

ENGINE S/N:

TSO / CSO:

BUILD STANDARD:

TSHSI / CSHSI :
RECORD NO.:

WORK PERFORMED :

REPAIR

HSI

OVERHAUL

ROTATING COMPONENT DATA


LP*
HP*
HP TURBINE
LP TURBINE
TIP
TIP
DIA*
IMPELLER INDUCER
DIA*
CLEARANCE*
CLEARANCE*
CLEARANCE
IMPELLER
CONDITION

1st. PT TIP
CLEARANCE*

FOR CONDITION INDICATE : NEW / REPAIRED / USED


* INDICATE UNITS

VANES INSTALLED
HP VANE (A4)
FLOW CLASS*
CONDITION

LP VANE (A5)
FLOW CLASS*
CONDITION

FOR CONDITION INDICATE : NEW / REPAIRED / USED

1st. PT VANE (A6)


FLOW CLASS*
CONDITION

*FOR FLOW CLASS INDICATE VALUE AS FLOWED

3. TEST CELL DATA


ENGINE TEST CELL PERFORMANCE AT MAXIMUM T.O. POWER
SHP
(TQ)

NH*

NL*

NP*

WF
(PPH)

T6H*

ITT*

T6C* UNTRIMMED TRIMMED

P3/P1

P2.5/P2

* INDICATE UNITS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

UPON COMPLETION, STORE THIS RECORD IN THE ENGINE LOG BOOK

C27064B
Engine Build and Test Data Sheet
Figure 601

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 604
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

6.

Small Exit Duct, Inner and Outer Combustion Chamber Liner Assemblies
NOTE:
A.

These components are inspected for cracks, buckling and burning. Cracks normally
relieve stress and the rate of progression decreases as the cracks lengthen.

Small Exit Duct (Ref. Fig. 602)


(1)

Area a:
CAUTION: ENSURE INNER WALL IS NOT AFFECTED WHEN STOP-DRILLING
CRACKS.
(a) Cracks up to 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) in length, originating at inner diameter, are
acceptable providing they are stop-drilled with a 116 in. or equivalent size drill.
NOTE:

Stop-drilling is not considered a long term repair; cracks eventually


lengthen and will have the potential to cause downstream damage.
Therefore, if possible, cracked ducts are recommended to be sent to a
suitably equipped facility for the cracks to be welded.

(b) No burning or erosion of base material is permitted.


(c) Coating loss is acceptable.
(d) Bulging up to 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) is acceptable.
(2)

Machined Surfaces
(a) Raised metal. Stone to remove.
(b) Nicks, scores or scratches from 0.005 to 0.008 in. (0.127-0.203 mm) deep.
Blend up to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep maximum.

(3)

Weld Joint b
(a) If the small exit duct was previously repaired by replacing the heatshield, the
assembly is recommended to be returned to a suitable equipped facility, for a
fluorescent penetrant inspection (FPI) of the weld joint, in accordance with the
CIR manual instructions (Ref. Small Exit Duct repair/service records).

(4)

Repairs (Ref. Fig. 603)


(a) Replacement of heatshield.
(b) Weld repair of cracks up to 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) in length in heatshield and inner
flange support.
(c) Patch repair by supplier of a maximum of two cracks in heatshield between 1.0
to 3.0 in. (25.4-76.2 mm) in length. Each crack must be separated by at least
3.0 in. (76.2 mm) of undamaged material.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 605
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C14569A
Small Exit Duct - Inspection
Figure 602

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 606
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

HEAT SHIELD
REPLACEMENT

INNER FLANGE SUPPORT

PLASMA SPRAY
RECOATING

CRACKS
WELDED

3.00 IN. MAX.


(76.2 mm)
SECTION

INNER FLANGE
SUPPORT
HEAT SHIELD

AA
HOLES
PATCHED

VIEW F
(TYPICAL REPAIRABLE CONDITION)

C22700B
Small Exit Duct - Repairs
Figure 603

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 607
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(d) Patch repair by supplier of a maximum of two areas of damage (holes and/or
erosion) in heatshield and inner flange support. Each area must be less than
3.0 in. (76.2 mm) in length and separated by at least 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) of
undamaged material.
(e) Heatshield can be recoated by supplier.
NOTE:
B.

Repairs must be carried out at an authorized facility.

Inner Liner (Ref. Fig. 604)


(1)

All surfaces
(a) Shallow buckling not having abrupt changes of contour is acceptable.
(b) Deep buckling having abrupt changes of contour is not acceptable.
(c) Minor, non-converging cracks less than 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) in length and more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) apart, not caused by burning, buckling or deformation
of cooling ring and not found in seam areas, are acceptable providing they
are stop-drilled.
(d) Cracks in excess of 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) in length and multiple cracks more than
0.030 in. (0.762 mm) wide are not acceptable.
(e) Straight-line cracks between cooling air holes are acceptable providing
individual cracks do not extend beyond adjacent holes.
(f)

(2)

Burning and/or erosion of base metal is not acceptable.

Cooling ring: non-converging cracks not less than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) apart which
would not result in metal breaking off are acceptable. Circumferential cracks are not
acceptable. Dress any buckling and regap ring at Gap h 0.075 to 0.095 in.
(1.905-2.413 mm).
NOTE:

Only visual traces of coating are permissible inside cooling ring louvres.

(3)

Area a: dress any buckling and regap ring at Gap j 0.070 to 0.090 in.
(1.778-2.285 mm).

(4)

Plasma top coating (ceramic) loss revealing undercoat is acceptable, providing


there is no burning or erosion of base metal. Even though total loss of the
plasma top coating (ceramic) is acceptable, hot section life may be adversely
affected. For economic reasons only, operators should seriously consider having
the liner recoated if one or more of the following criteria are observed:
NOTE: 1. Plasma coating of areas other than those indicated in figure 606 may
cause HP blade erosion due to carbon formation. Replace inner liner if
plasma coating is outside indicated areas.
NOTE: 2. Only visual traces of coating are permissible inside cooling ring louvres.
(a) One or more areas exceeds 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) in length.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 608
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C18577
Combustion Chamber Inner Liner - Inspection
Figure 604

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 609
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(b) One affected area is located within 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) of similarly damaged
area.
(c) Total affected area exceeds 2.00 sq.in. (1290.0 sq.mm).
(5)

Machined surfaces
(a) Raised metal. Stone to remove.
(b) Nicks, scores or scratches from 0.005 to 0.008 in. (0.127-0.203 mm), blend up
to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep maximum.

(6)

Cooling holes must be free of dirt or foreign material.

(7)

Repairs (Ref. Fig. 605)


(a) Weld repair of cracks.
(b) Patch repair of damage (multiple cracks, holes, erosion). Area of individual
patch must not exceed 15 sq.in. (9677 sq.mm). Total maximum surface area
of patches is 30 sq.in. (19354 sq.mm) per liner assembly. At least 2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) of unrepaired metal must separate patches.
(c) Cooling ring replacement.
(d) Coating can be restored by supplier.
NOTE:

C.

Repairs must be carried out at an authorized facility.

Outer Liner (Ref. Fig. 606)


(1)

All surfaces
(a) Shallow buckling not having abrupt changes in contour is acceptable.
(b) Deep buckling having abrupt changes in contour is not acceptable.
(c) Minor, non-converging cracks less than 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) in length and more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) apart, not caused by burning, buckling or deformation
of cooling ring and not found in seam areas, are acceptable providing they
are stop-drilled.
(d) Cracks in excess of 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) in length and multiple cracks more than
0.030 in. (0.762 mm) wide are not acceptable.
(e) Straight-line cracks between cooling holes are acceptable providing individual
cracks do not extend beyond two holes.
(f)

Burning and/or erosion of base metal is not acceptable.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 610
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CRACK WELD
REPAIRED

PATCH
REPAIRS

COOLING RING
REPLACEMENT
PLASMA SPRAY
RECOAT AS REQUIRED

C22734
Combustion Chamber Inner Liner Assembly - Repairs
Figure 605

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 611
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

q
r
r
d
c
x
r
r

s
s

C18576A
Combustion Chamber Outer Liner Assembly - Inspection
Figure 606

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 612
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(2)

Cooling rings (except cooling ring x)


NOTE: 1. Dimensional inspection of the cooling ring gaps should be carried out if
HP blades are eroded by carbon or carbon is formed on the outer liner.
NOTE: 2. Only visual traces of coating are permissible inside cooling ring louvres.
(a) Localized burning at lips of cooling rings is acceptable provided cooling
holes are not affected.
(b) Cracks across width of cooling ring and not less than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) apart
are acceptable provided the lip gap is restored.
(c) Converging cracks which could result in metal breaking off are not acceptable.
(d) Circumferential cracks are not acceptable.
(e) Buckled cooling rings: restore to original contour; gap ring at Gap q 0.070 to
0.090 in. (1.778-2.286 mm), and gap ring at Gap r 0.050 to 0.070 in.
(1.270-1.778 mm), gap ring at Gap p 0.035 to 0.068 in. (0.89-1.72 mm) and
gap ring at Gap s 0.042 to 0.075 in. (1.06-1.90 mm).

(3)

Cooling ring x
NOTE: 1. Dimensional inspection of the cooling ring gaps should be carried out if
HP blades are eroded by carbon or carbon is formed on the outer liner.
NOTE: 2. Only visual traces of coating are permissible inside cooling ring louvres.
(a) Converging cracks which could result in metal breaking off are not
acceptable.
(b) Axial cracks across width of ring are acceptable providing they are not less
than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) apart and lip gap is restored.
(c) Circumferential cracks are not acceptable.
(d) Buckled cooling ring is acceptable providing lip gap at Gap r is restored to
0.050 to 0.070 in. (1.270-1.778 mm).
(e) Plasma coating loss is acceptable providing base metal is not burnt or eroded.

(4)

Cracks in vicinity of fuel nozzle suspension brackets (Area c) are not acceptable.
NOTE:

Dimensional inspection of the fuel nozzle bore diameters should be


carried out if HP blades are eroded by carbon or carbon is formed on the
outer liner. If at any bore location, the diameter exceeds 0.930 in.
(23.62 mm) or the average diameter of the bore exceeds 0.925 in.
(23.49 mm) or the diameter cannot be measured, the outer liner should be
sent for inspection/repair to an authorized supplier.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 613
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(5)

Plasma top coating (ceramic) loss revealing undercoat (diffused allumide) is


acceptable, providing there is no burning or erosion of base metal. Even though total
loss of the plasma top coating (ceramic) is acceptable, hot section life may be
adversely affected. For economic reasons only, operators should seriously consider
having the liner recoated if one or more of the following criteria are observed:
v One or more areas exceeds 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) in length.
v One affected area is located within 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) of similarly damaged
area.
v Total affected area exceeds 2.00 sq.in. (1290.0 sq.mm).
NOTE:

(6)

Only visual traces of coating are permissible inside cooling ring louvres.

Machined surfaces
(a) Raised metal. Stone to remove.
(b) Nicks, scores or scratches from 0.005 to 0.008 in. (0.127-0.203 mm) deep.
Blend up to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum.

(7)

Cooling holes must be free of dirt and foreign material.

(8)

Repairs (Ref. Fig. 607)


(a) Weld repair of cracks.
(b) Patch repair of damage (multiple cracks, holes, erosion). Area of individual
patch must not exceed 15 sq.in. (9677 sq.mm). Total maximum surface area
of patches is 30 sq.in. (19354 sq.mm) per liner assembly. At least 2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) of unrepaired metal must separate patches.
(c) Cooling ring replacement.
(d) Coating can be restored by supplier.
NOTE:

7.

Repairs must be carried out at an authorized facility.

Fuel Nozzles
A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect fuel nozzles (Ref. 72-01-40, INSPECTION/CHECK).

(2)

P&WC recommends that a flow check be carried out on fuel nozzles during hot
section inspection providing:
(a) Fuel nozzles not on a sampling program.
1

The nozzles did not have a flow check carried out within the previous 500
hours.

(b) Fuel nozzles on a sampling program.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 614
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CRACKS WELD
REPAIRED

PATCH REPAIRS

COOLING RINGS
REPLACED

PLASMA SPRAY
RECOAT AS
REQUIRED

C22739
Combustion Chamber Outer Liner Assembly - Repairs
Figure 607

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 615
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
8.

Igniters
A.

Inspection
(1)

9.

The nozzles have not been changed or had a flow check carried out within
the previous 50% of the sampling inspection interval.

Inspect igniters (Ref. 72-01-20, INSPECTION/CHECK).

HP Turbine Stubshaft
A.

Inspection
NOTE:

The Fits and Clearances for the HP turbine stubshaft airseals should only be
checked if the engine had a history of high oil consumption prior to the shop
visit (Ref. Para. 38.).

CAUTION: NEW REPLACEMENT STUBSHAFTS WITH THE ASSOCIATED BOLTS


AND DISK MUST BE RETURNED TO AN OVERHAUL FACILITY TO BE
BALANCED AS A SET. BOLTS ARE SELECTED USING THE CRITERIA
GIVEN IN THE INSTALLATION PROCEDURE.

10.

Check for raised metal. Stone to remove sharp edges.

(2)

Check for indentations on involute tooth surfaces. Stone to remove raised metal
only.

(3)

Check for sharp edges. Blend to original profile.

HP Turbine Stubshaft Securing Nut (Ref. Fig. 608)


A.

11.

(1)

Inspection
(1)

Polish threads using a rotary scotchbrite wheel, or equivalent, to remove nicks,


burrs and raised material.

(2)

Lap Area C to remove burrs and raised material. Damage blended to a maximum
depth of 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) and width of 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) is acceptable.

(3)

Coat Area A with anti-galling compound (Ref. Approved Repairs).

HP Turbine Vane Ring Segments


A.

Inspection
NOTE:
(1)

Limits apply to each surface individually. Use a 10X magnifying glass to inspect
for cracks.

Visually inspect vane ring segments for damage as follows:


(a) Inspect airfoil leading edge for:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 616
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

B
SECTION

AA
A

VIEW B

COATING OPTIONAL AND


MAY BE
INCOMPLETE

C35315
HP Turbine Stubshaft Securing Nut - Inspection
Figure 608

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 617
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Cracks between cooling holes. Accept, provided cracks do not pass


through more than four consecutive holes and do not tend to form a circular
pattern.
NOTE:

Multiple cracks must be separated by at least two undamaged


cooling hole spaces for their entire length.

Erosion. Accept provided base material is not damaged or exposed and


coating loss limits in step (3) are not exceeded.

Reject segment if burnt or missing material is found.

(b) Inspect airfoil trailing edge for:

(2)

Accept hairline cracks through or between trailing edge cooling holes,


provided there is no missing material.

Cracks. Accept non-converging hairline cracks, including cracks which pass


through the cooling holes, providing they do not exceed the following limits:
a

0.600 in. (15.24 mm) long if cracks are in line on both sides of
airfoil, up to a maximum of 1 pair.

1.00 in. (25.40 mm) long if cracks on one side of airfoil are not in line
with cracks on opposite side of airfoil.

Erosion. Accept localized erosion provided airfoil surface is not distorted


into cooling core, the core is not exposed and coating loss limits in step
(3) are not exceeded.

Reject segment if burnt or missing material is found.

Inspect airfoil surfaces for:


(a) Cracks. Accept non-converging hairline cracks up to 0.100 in. (2.540 mm) long.
(b) Cracks with areas of missing material. Accept non-converging hairline cracks
up to 0.100 in. (2.540 mm) long provided areas of missing material do not
exceed 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) wide.
(c) Reject segment if multi-pronged cracks are found. No repair permitted.
(d) Erosion. Accept localized erosion provided airfoil surface is not distorted into
cooling core, the core is not exposed and coating loss limits in step (3) are
not exceeded.
(e) Reject segment if airfoil surface is burnt. No repair permitted.

(3)

Inspect airfoil and gas path surfaces for:


(a) Coating loss. Accept a maximum of 5 areas of coating loss per airfoil and
shroud surface up to 0.100 in. (2.540 mm) in diameter.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 618
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C
AIRFOIL LEADING EDGE

A
GAS PATH OUTER
SHROUD SURFACE
GAS PATH INNER
SHROUD SURFACE

B
AIRFOIL TRAILING
EDGE

A
TRAILING EDGE LIPS

FACE

FACE

AIRFOIL TRAILING
EDGE SLOTS

A
VIEW

SHROUD FEATHER
SEAL FACES

AIRFOIL TRAILING
EDGE

FEATHER SEAL
SLOT
VIEW

A
SUPPORT RIBBING

BAFFLE

BAFFLE JOINT
VIEW

C22019
High Pressure Turbine Vane Ring Segments - Inspection
Figure 609 (Sheet 1 of 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 619
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CRACKS WITH
MISSING MATERIAL

CONVERGING
CRACKS

MULTI-PRONGED
CRACKS

EROSION

NON-CONVERGING
HAIRLINE CRACKS
BETWEEN GAS PATH
AND FEATHER-SEAL SLOT

NON-CONVERGING
HAIRLINE CRACKS
CRACK EXTENDING
INTO SUPPORT RIBBING
AND BAFFLE JOINT

TRAILING EDGE
LIP END FACES

NON-CONVERGING HAIRLINE
CRACKS AT TRAILING EDGE LIPS

C33453
High Pressure Turbine Vane Ring Segments - Inspection
Figure 609 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 620
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

E
SECTION

D-D

BAFFLE

CROSS SECTION
THROUGH
CRACK LENGTH

BAFFLE
WIDTH OF DAMAGE
AT AIRFOIL GAS
PATH SURFACE

GAS PATH TRAILING


EDGE LIP
WIDTH OF
DAMAGE
AT CORE
SECTION

E-E
DETAIL

FACE

WIDTH OF DAMAGE AT
GAS PATH SURFACE

WIDTH OF DAMAGE
AT OUTER SURFACE

SECTION

F-F
C33452

High Pressure Turbine Vane Ring Segments - Inspection


Figure 609 (Sheet 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 621
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(b) Nicks, dents or pitting. Accept local damage up to 0.005 in. (0.127) deep
and 0.100 in. (2.540 mm) in diameter.
(4)

Inspect airfoil trailing edge slots and all cooling holes for blockage. Reject if
cleaning does not remove blockage.

(5)

Inspect gas path inner shroud surface for:


NOTE:

These limits only apply to the trailing edge lip.

(a) Cracks. Accept non-converging hairline cracks providing they do not extend
into Face A and are spaced 0.150 in. (3.81 mm) minimum apart and 0.300 in.
(7.620 mm) from trailing edge lip end faces.
(b) Reject segment if burnt or eroded (other than coating loss (Ref. step (3)) or
missing material is found.
(6)

Inspect gas path outer shroud surface for:


(a) Accept surface cracks with no visible depth up to 0.600 in. (15.24 mm) in
length.
(b) Non-converging hairline cracks at both trailing-edge lips. Accept cracks
provided they do not extend into Face H and are spaced 0.200 in. (5.08 mm)
minimum apart and 0.400 in. (10.160 mm) from trailing edge lip end faces.
(c) Non-converging hairline cracks on remaining surface. Accept cracks up to
0.600 in. (15.24 mm) long.
(d) Reject if burnt, eroded, (erosion other than coating loss (Ref. step (3)) or
missing material is found.

(7)

Inspect inner and outer shroud feather seal faces for:


NOTE:

For damage in trailing edge lip areas, refer to limits in step (5) and (3).

(a) Cracks. Accept non-converging hairline cracks up to 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) long,
provided they are between the gas path surface and feather seal slot, and do
not extend into the airfoil.
(b) Localized fretting, burning and erosion. Accept damage up to 0.010 in.
(0.25 mm) deep.
(c) Reject segment if missing material is found.
(8)

Inspect outer shroud surface for cracks. Accept non-converging hairline cracks up
to 0.600 in. (15.24 mm) long, providing they do not extend into supporting ribs,
baffle joints or baffle.

(9)

Inspect baffles for:


(a) Cracks. Reject segment if cracks are found on supporting ribs, baffle joints or
baffles. No repair permitted.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 622
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(b) Reject segment if baffle is distorted. No repair permitted.


(c) Reject segment if gaps are found at baffle joints. No repair permitted.
(10)

Inspect all other surfaces for:


(a) Cracks. Reject segment if cracks are found. No repair permitted
(b) Nicks, dents, scores or scratches on machined surfaces. Accept damage up to
0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep. Blend to remove raised material.

12.

(11)

Inspect airfoil trailing edge slot widths. Slots must be 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) wide
minimum.

(12)

If above limits are exceeded, reject vane segments. Retain segments for future
evaluation and possible repair.

Vane Ring Outer Support Housing (Ref. Fig. 610)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect sealing ring groove (Area a) for fretting which is acceptable providing width
of groove does not exceed 0.140 in. (3.556 mm).

(2)

Inspect air holes for obstructions, rectify if necessary.

(3)

Inspect anti-rotation lugs for fretting which is acceptable providing the widths (Ref.
Dims. b and d) are not less than 0.194 in. (4.928 mm).

(4)

Inspect all other surfaces for:


(a) Raised material. Blend to remove sharp edges.
(b) Dents, nicks, scores or scratches: damage up to 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep is
acceptable: damage from 0.005 to 0.008 in. (0.127-0.203 mm) deep may be
blended to a maximum depth of 0.010 in. (0.254 mm).

13.

Cooling Air Nozzle Housing (Ref. Fig. 611)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect Dia. A for evidence of seal rubbing. Damage is acceptable up to 0.007 in.
(0.178 mm) deep and 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) wide. Reject if not within limits.

(2)

Inspect all other surfaces for dents, nicks, scores or scratches: damage 0.005 to
0.008 in. (0.127-0.203 mm) deep may be blended to a maximum depth of 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm).

(3)

Check air holes for obstructions, rectify if necessary.

(4)

Inspect jacking inserts for looseness or damaged threads. Replace if defective (Ref.
72-00-00, APPROVED REPAIRS).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 623
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

0.140 IN.
(3.556 MM)
MAX.

VIEW

A
SECTION

CC

C21679B
Vane Ring Outer Support Housing - Inspection
Figure 610

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 624
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(5)
14.

HP Turbine Vane Ring/Turbine Support Case Sealing Ring


A.

15.

Inspect lugs. Replace housing if lugs are bent or width is less than 0.194 in.
(4.927 mm).

Inspection
(1)

Fretting is acceptable providing axial width of ring is not less than 0.100 in.
(2.540 mm).

(2)

Radial clearance, when sealing ring is installed with gap at TDC in turbine support
case, must be less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees and less
than 0.002 in. (0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference using feeler gage. If
necessary, rotate ring until clearance is within limits. Reject ring if correct
clearance is not obtainable.

(3)

Check gap in seal ring at 11.200 in. (284.480 mm) gage diameter (F & C REF. NO.
1365).

HP Turbine Disk Assembly


A.

Inspection
(1)

If the disk assembly is debladed, it must be returned to a suitably equipped facility


for the following fluorescent penetrant inspections to be carried out in accordance
with the PW100 CIR Manual instructions:
(a) High pressure turbine disk: inspect, using SPOP 84.
(b) Front and rear cover plates: inspect using SPOP 84.
(c) HP turbine blades: inspect using SPOP 84.
Balancing is required after assembly.

(2)

Information covering position of trim balance rivets and weights shown on engine
reference data plate must be supplied to overhaul/refurbishment facilities which
refurbish or supply replacement turbine assemblies. The information will ensure rivet
holes required for trim balancing are not occupied during detail balancing.

CAUTION: HP TURBINE BLADES MUST BE HANDLED AS FOLLOWS TO MINIMIZE


THE POSSIBILITY OF FAILURES OCCURRING IN SERVICE.
(3)

Before inspecting the turbine disk assembly, review the HP turbine blade service
bulletin standard to determine if deblading is required. This entails returning the
disk assembly to a suitably equipped facility for the disk assembly to be balanced.
(a)

Blades.
1

Blades with part number 3115601-01 have an initial cyclic limit (Ref.
05-20-00) with an abbreviated cycle factor of 1 and a flight count factor of
1.0. The blades must be handled as follows:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 625
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

DIA.

JACKING
INSERT

SECTION

AA

C21680
Cooling Air Nozzle Housing Assembly - Inspection
Figure 611

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 626
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

If the disk is not debladed, inspect using the inspection criteria specified in
step (4) (e).

If the disk is debladed, clean and inspect in accordance with the CIR
Manual instructions, with the exception of the heat tint inspection which may
be omitted.

Initial cyclic limit for HP turbine blades (Ref. 05-20-00) may be increased by
up to 750 cycles based on sampling of individual operators blades.
Operators wishing to escalate their limit should contact their local P&WC
Field Service Representative or PW100 Technical Support Representative,
who will coordinate the evaluation of the blades and provide a
recommendation to escalate, if acceptable (Ref. NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4).

If cracks are found, evaluate blades per CIR Manual inspection criteria and
handle the blades accordingly. Blades or blade sets having fixing-serration
cracks exceeding CIR Manual limits must be returned to P&WC (Ref.
NOTES 1, 2, 3).

Notify PW100 technical support immediately if blades are found with cracks
below blade platform exceeding CIR Manual limits.
NOTE: 1. Blades being returned to P&WC must clearly specify reason for
return on documentation with returned blades, i.e., warranty
claim, investigation only, etc.
NOTE: 2. Include blade total time, blade total cycles, and engine serial
number with returned blades.
NOTE: 3. HP turbine blade samples returned for evaluation, must be within
500 cycles of the blade total cycle limit.
NOTE: 4. Return blades, suitably protected, to:
PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA CORP.
7007 de la Savanne
St. Hubert, Quebec
Canada J3Y 3X7
Att: Manager, Repair and Overhaul Shop Support

(4)

Inspect the HP turbine disk assembly as follows:


(a) Loose balance weight rivets must be replaced.
CAUTION: IF DISK ASSEMBLY IS DISASSEMBLED, BLADES, DISK AND
FRONT AND REAR COVER PLATES MUST BE CHECKED FOR
CRACKS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIR MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS.
(b) Inspect front and rear cover plates for damage or visual cracks. Return
assembly to an overhaul facility if damage or cracks are observed.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 627
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(c) Inspect rear cover plate knife edge seal. Minimum diameter is 7.610 in.
(193.290 mm).
(d) Inspect bore of disk for recent (surface not oxidized) scores, nicks and dents. If
unoxidized scores, nicks and dents are found, return disk to an overhaul facility
for a full inspection.
(e) Inspection criteria for installed HP turbine blades. If blades are not within the
following acceptance criteria (Ref. Fig. 612), return assembly to an overhaul
facility.
1

Check blades for radial movement. If blades are tight, return assembly to
an overhaul facility.

Inspect airfoil tip (Area j) for cracks which extend through thickness of
material. Accept cracks up to 0.200 in. (5.080 mm) in length, provided the
cracks are outside 13 blade chord length from trailing edge and are
spaced as follows:

Converging cracks: 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) minimum apart.

Non-converging cracks: 0.025 in. (0.635 mm) minimum apart.

Inspect airfoil leading edge tip (Area f) for :


a

Erosion with complete coating removal. Acceptable if within 0.050 in.


(1.270 mm) of blade tip and wall thickness is no less than 0.020 in.
(0.508 mm).

Nicks, burrs and raised material. Blend to remove sharp edges.

Inspect airfoil leading edge (Area d) for:


NOTE:
a

Area d extends 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) from airfoil leading edge.

Hairline cracks starting in Area m. Accept cracks up to 0.100 in.


(2.54 mm).
NOTE:

Area m starts 0.025 in. (0.635 mm) from tip of blade.

Erosion of coating exposing base material. Accept this damage,


provided:
v Coating loss covering less than 40% of leading edge surface or
inferior to 0.350 inch in height, is acceptable.
v Coating loss (Ref. Fig. 612, Sheet 2) is acceptable. However,
borescope inspections must be done at intervals not to exceed 1500
flight hours, depending upon the rate of progression and level of
deterioration seen (Ref. 72-00-00).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 628
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

POCKET

LEADING EDGE

j
m

e
TRAILING EDGE

n
50% BLADE
HEIGHT

PLATFORM

C33505B
HP Turbine Blade - Inspection
Figure 612 (Sheet 1 of 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 629
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

COATING LOSS

TRAILING EDGE

LEADING EDGE

C100164
HP Turbine Blade - Inspection
Figure 612 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 630
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TRAILING EDGE

EROSION, COATING LOSS OR


BURNT MATERIAL

LEADING EDGE

NOTE:

THE ABOVE LEADING EDGE EROSION IS ACCEPTABLE FOR FURTHER SERVICE,


REFER TO PARA 15.A.(4).(e).4.b FOR RECOMMENDED SERVICE ACTION.

C100165
HP Turbine Blade - Inspection
Figure 612 (Sheet 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 631
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

v Defects exceeding above, but not exceeding the acceptable defect


shown (Ref. Fig. 612, Sheet 3) are acceptable for further service
providing engine performance is within limits. A repeat borescope
inspection and PAC must be done within 300 flight hours (Ref.
72-00-00).
c
5

Nicks, dents and pits. One area of damage up to 0.005 in. (0.127 mm)
deep is acceptable.

Inspect airfoil surface (Area b) for:


v Nicks, dents and pits. Three areas of damage up to 0.003 in. (0.076 mm)
deep are acceptable.

Inspect airfoil trailing edge (Area e) for:


NOTE:

Area e extends 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) from airfoil trailing edge.

Cracks. If cracks are found, return assembly to an overhaul facility.

Nicks, dents and pits. A maximum of one area of damage up to 0.005 in.
(0.127 mm) deep is acceptable.

Inspect airfoil root (Area c) for:


v Nicks, dents or pits. One area of damage up to 0.005 in. (0.127 mm)
deep is acceptable.
NOTE:

(f)

Area c extends 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) from platform Surface n.

Inspect air holes. If holes are blocked, return assembly to an overhaul


facility.

Erosion of coating without exposing base metal is acceptable.

Disk assemblies which give a minimum tip clearance of 0.023 in. (0.584 mm)
are acceptable, providing associated shroud rubs do not extend circumferentially
over more than one and a half shrouds (two locations).

(g) Clean up tips if blade rub has occurred. If necessary, replace and grind
shrouds to restore tip clearance.
16.

Interstage Air Seal Assembly


A.

General Inspection (Ref. Fig. 613)


(1)

Visually inspect Dia. A and C as follows:


(a) Check for rubbing marks and/or wear; reject seal if clearance with associated
LP stator is not within limits (F & C REF. NO. 1107).
(b) Check for nicks, burrs or raised material; blend to remove sharp edges.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 632
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

DIA

A
DIA

SECTION

AA

C31443A
Interstage Air Seal Assembly - Inspection
Figure 613

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 633
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(2)

Visually inspect all other surfaces for dents, nicks, scores or scratches. Damage up
to 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) deep is acceptable; damage from 0.002 to 0.005 in.
(0.05-0.12 mm) deep may be blended to a maximum depth of 0.005 in. (0.12 mm).

(3)

Visually inspect Area a as follows:


(a) Check for any defects within 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) of hole (including ID of hole);
If defects found, reject cover; no repair permitted.
(b) Check for dents, nicks, scores or scratches on adjacent surface outside
0.100 in. (2.54 mm) boundary; blend to a maximum depth of 0.003 in. (0.07 mm).

17.

HP Turbine Shroud Segments


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect shroud segments and reject if any of the following defects exist:
v Burnt material
v Cracks
v Irregular surface
v Severe erosion, oxidization
v Heavy rubbing
NOTE:

18.

Shroud grinding is necessary to restore tip clearance if segments are


replaced.

(2)

Cooling holes must be free from dirt or foreign material.

(3)

Blend and polish to remove sharp edges caused by metal pickup, taking care to
remove the minimum amount of material, to ensure blade clearance is not
affected.

LP Turbine Stator Assembly (Ref. Fig. 614)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect stator outer shroud. The following cracks are acceptable:


(a) Multiple non-converging hairline cracks less than 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) in
length.
(b) Up to five non-converging cracks, maximum 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) wide, which
extend less than 20% of axial length.
(c) Multiple non-converging cracks, less than 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wide
and 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) in length.
(d) Up to five non-converging cracks, less than 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wide
and 0.250 to 0.500 in. (6.350-12.700 mm) in length.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 634
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

OUTER SHROUD

INNER SHROUD

NON-ABRADABLE SEAL

C22023
Low Pressure Turbine Stator Assembly - Inspection
Figure 614

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 635
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(e) Cracks over 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wide, cracks in sealing face or exceeding the
above limits are unacceptable, and the stator must be rejected.
(2)

Inspect stator inner shroud. The following cracks are acceptable:


(a) Multiple non-converging cracks less than 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wide and 0.250 in.
(6.350 mm) in length.
(b) Up to five non-converging cracks less than 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wide
extending part way or completely through inner shroud.

(3)

Inspect stator airfoils. The following defects are acceptable:


(a) Airfoil leading edge.
1

Multiple hairline, non-converging cracks less than 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) in
length.

(b) Airfoil trailing edge.


1

Multiple hairline, non-converging cracks less than 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) in
length.

Up to 10 cracks per stator less than 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wide and 0.250 in.
(6.350 mm) in length.

(c) Airfoil surfaces.

19.

Coating loss on each airfoil must be less than 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) in
diameter and the erosion of base metal not greater than 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm) deep.

Dents and nicks up to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep, providing any raised
metal is removed.

(4)

Cracks exceeding the above limits are unacceptable and the stator must be
rejected.

(5)

Inspect sealing ring grooves. Fretting is acceptable, providing width does not
exceed 0.135 in. (3.429 mm). Distortion is not acceptable.

LP Stator Sealing Rings


A.

Inspection
(1)

Fretting is acceptable providing axial width of ring is not less than 0.100 in.
(2.540 mm).

(2)

Radial clearance, when sealing ring is installed with gap at TDC in turbine support
case, must be less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees and less
than 0.002 in. (0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference using feeler gage. If
necessary, rotate ring until clearance is within limits. If clearance is beyond
limits, even with a new sealing ring, replace the associated component.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 636
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(3)
20.

Check gap in sealing rings at 11.200 in. (284.480 mm) and 11.530 in. (292.862)
gage diameters respectively (F & C REF. NO. 1378 and 1379).

LP Turbine Disk Assembly


A.

Inspection
NOTE:

(1)

Information covering position of trim balance rivets and weights shown on


engine reference data plate must be supplied to overhaul/refurbishment
facilities which refurbish or supply replacement turbine assemblies. The
information will ensure rivet holes required for trim balancing are not occupied
during detail balancing.

Circumferential and axial movement of blade tips is acceptable. Axial movement of


blade platforms, found when pushing with fingers at blade root, is unacceptable,
and assembly must be rejected.
NOTE:

Repair re-riveting is required only at the location of the blade platform with
axial movement.

CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES MUST BLADE PLATFORMS BE


KNOCKED DOWN OR UP TO ACHIEVE CORRECT PROTRUSION.
(2)

Inspect blade platforms to ensure they do not protrude more than 0.016 in.
(0.406 mm) from disk surface (both sides of disk). Reject assembly if limit is
exceeded.

(3)

The LP Turbine blades can continue in service, providing they meet the following
criteria (Ref. Fig. 616):
(a) area a (airfoil): a maximum of three nicks, dents or pits 0.003 in. (0.07 mm)
deep maximum.
(b) area b (leading edge): a maximum of one nick, dent or pit 0.005 in. (0.12 mm)
deep maximum.
NOTE:

Area b includes an area 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) wide from the leading
edge.

(c) area c (trailing edge): a maximum of one nick, dent or pit 0.005 in. (0.12 mm)
deep maximum.
NOTE:

Area c includes an area 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) wide from the trailing
edge.

(d) area d (root area): a maximum of one nick, dent or pit 0.005 in. (0.12 mm)
deep maximum.
NOTE:

Area d includes an area 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) wide from the platform
surface.

(e) area e (leading edge tip): erosion up to a 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) tip radius.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 637
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(4)

Inspect blade retaining rivets. Reject assembly if rivets are loose.

(5)

Visually inspect disk for cracks. Reject assembly if cracks are found.

(6)

Inspect bore of disk for scores, nicks and dents. If damage is not oxidized, return
disk to an overhaul facility for an inspection to be carried out in accordance with the
instructions in the CIR Manual.

(7)

Inspect balance weight rivets. Replace loose rivets.

(8)

Inspect LP turbine blades. Reject assembly if blades have any of the following
defects:
v Burnt tips
v Severe erosion of base metal
v Severe oxidation
v Corrosion of base metal (which appears as blisters) (Ref. Fig. 615)
v Cracks

(9)

(10)
21.

Disk assemblies which give a minimum tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.559 mm) are
acceptable, providing the associated shroud rubs do not extend over more than
one-and-a-half shrouds (two locations).
Clean up tips if blade rub has occurred. If necessary, replace and grind shrouds to
restore tip clearance.

LP Turbine Shroud Segments


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect shroud segments and reject if any of the following defects exists:
v Burnt material
v Cracks
v Irregular surface
v Severe erosion or oxidation
v Heavy rubbing
NOTE:

(2)

Shroud grinding is necessary to restore tip clearance if segments are


replaced.

Blend and polish to remove sharp edges from metal pickup, taking care to remove
the minimum amount of material, to ensure blade tip clearance is not affected.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 638
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

ACCEPTABLE FOR
SERVICE

ACCEPTABLE FOR
SERVICE

REJECT

C26043
LP Turbine Blade - Inspection
Figure 615

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 639
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

a
TRAILING EDGE

LEADING
EDGE

c
0.100 in.
WIDE
(2.54 mm)

A
d

b
DETAIL

0.100 in.
(2.54 mm)
WIDE

C
C

VIEW

C71325
LP Turbine Blade Visual Inspection
Figure 616

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 640
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

22.

LP Turbine Interstage Sealing Ring


A.

23.

Inspection
(1)

Radial clearance check done during disassembly when associated seal housing is
in a constrained state.

(2)

Radial clearance, when sealing ring is installed in original position in seal housing,
is less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees and less than 0.002 in.
(0.050 mm) over the remaining circumference. If clearance is beyond limits,
even with a new sealing ring, replace seal housing.

(3)

Check gap in sealing ring at 11.860 in. (301.244 mm) gage diameter (F & C
REF. NO. 1354).

(4)

Fretting is acceptable providing axial width of ring is not less than 0.100 in.
(2.540 mm).

Turbine Support Case (Ref. Fig. 617)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect for nicks and dents. Stone to remove raised metal.

(2)

Inspect for cracks, paying close attention to Areas a and d: reject case if cracks are
found (except in Area j).

(3)

Cracks in Area j are acceptable providing they are not less than 2.750 in. (69.85 mm)
apart and the material is not burnt or buckled.

(4)

Replace loose shanknuts and those which have a rundown torque of less than
2 lb.in. (0.23 Nm).

(5)

Use a 0.500-20 UNJF-3B tap with thread lubricant to clean up the threads in the
thermocouple bosses. Reject case if threads do not clean up.
NOTE:

Experience has shown three different 0.500-20 UNJF-3B taps are used in
the most effective cleaning procedure. The first pass is made with a worn
tap, the second pass is made with a newer tap and the third is made
with a brand new tap modified by the removal of the tapered end. This
ensures the complete cleaning of the thread.

(6)

Power turbine stator lug slot width Dim. h must not exceed 0.266 in. (6.756 mm).

(7)

Inspect Dia. B, C and Dfor fretting and wear. Stone to remove raised metal.

(8)

Inspect for coating loss. Coating may be incomplete outside Area F. Coating loss
within Area F is unacceptable.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 641
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

THERMOCOUPLE
BOSS

d
VIEW

VIEW

A
DIA.

DIA.

d
WELD BEAD
DIA.

B J
h

VIEW

AREA

RADIAL
CRACKS

VIEW

CIRCUMFERENTIAL
CRACKS FOLLOWING
WELD BEAD

0.025 IN.
(0.635 mm)

0.025 IN.
(0.635 mm)

AREA

COATED
SURFACE

F
0.025 IN.
(0.635 mm)

0.025 IN.
(0.635 mm)

COATED SURFACE

SEAL RING
(MARKED POSITION)
VIEW

VIEW

SEAL RING
(MARKED POSITION)

C18581C
Turbine Support Case - Inspection
Figure 617

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 642
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

24.

Thermocouple Adapters
A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect for nicks and dents. Stone to remove raised metal.

(2)

Use a 0.375-24 UNJF-3B tap with thread lubricant to clean up the internal thread in
the thermocouple adapters. Reject adapter if threads do not clean up.
NOTE:

25.

Experience has shown three different 0.375-24 UNJF-3B taps are used in
the most effective cleaning procedure. The first pass is made with a worn
tap, the second pass is made with a newer tap and the third is made
with a brand new tap. This ensures the complete cleaning of the thread.

Low Pressure Turbine Housing Assembly (Ref. Fig. 618)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect the two sealing diameters (Area a) for:


(a) Raised material. Blend to remove raised material only.
(b) Dents, nicks, scores and scratches. Accept damage to a maximum depth of
0.003 in. (0.07 mm) deep. Reject if limit is exceeded.

(2)

Inspect Area b for:


(a) Raised material. Blend to remove raised material only.
(b) Dents, nicks, scores and scratches. Blend damage from 0.005 to 0.008 in.
(0.13-0.20 mm) deep to a maximum depth of 0.010 in. (0.25 mm). Reject if
limits are exceeded.

(3)

Inspect Face E and Area c for:


(a) Raised material. Blend to remove raised material only.
(b) Fretting or wear. Reject if damage exceeds 0.003 in. (0.07 mm) deep.

(4)

Inspect Area e for:


(a) Cracks. Reject if found. Send housing to an approved overhaul facility for an
inspection and repair to be carried out in accordance with CIR Manual criteria.
NOTE:

(5)

Area e is found 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) downsteam of weld.

Inspect locating pin for:


(a) Raised material. Blend to remove raised material only.
(b) Looseness and wear. Replace if worn or loose.

(6)

Check to ensure air holes are unobstructed.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 643
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

e
FUSION
WELD

a
a

b
SECTION

AA
C32954A

Low Pressure Turbine Seal Housing Assembly - Inspection


Figure 618 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 644
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

FACE

A
FACE

DIA.
DIA.

AA

FACE

F
AIR HOLES

DIA.

FACE

DIA.

DIA.

G
SECTION

AA

C38367
Low Pressure Turbine Seal Housing Assembly - Inspection
Figure 618 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 645
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

26.

(7)

Replace shanknuts.

(8)

Inspect for missing, loose, cracked or thread-damaged jacking inserts. Replace as


required.

Turbine Interstage Case No. 6 and 7 Bearing Housing


A.

Inspection
(1)

Remove No. 6 and 7 bearing housing (Ref. 72-50-00, MAINTENANCE PRACTICES)


to prevent contamination when corrosion is removed from the turbine interstage
case outer flange.

(2)

Clean outer flange of turbine interstage case to remove corrosion (Ref.


Cleaning/Painting).

(3)

Inspect outer flange. The following damage is acceptable:


(a) Local surface damage on flange faces, providing:
1

Not more than six areas are affected (excluding areas of damage centered
on bolt holes) .

Damage on one face is not directly opposite damage on other face.

Width of damage does not exceed 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) and depth does not
exceed 0.010 in. (0.254 mm).

Width of damage (centered on bolt holes) does not exceed 0.100 in.
(2.54 mm) measured from edge of hole and depth does not exceed 0.005 in.
(0.127 mm).

(b) Local damage on snap diameters adjacent to flange is acceptable providing:


1

Not more than six areas are affected.

Width of damage does not exceed 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) and depth does not
exceed 0.010 in. (0.254 mm).

(c) Elongation of bolt and jacking insert holes is acceptable 0.030 in. (0.762 mm)
maximum. Maximum elongated bolt hole diameter 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
(Pre-SB21618) or 0.280 in. (7.11 mm) (Post-SB21618). Maximum jacking insert
hole diameter 0.325 in. (8.25 mm).
(d) Local thinning around holes 0.030 in. (0.762 mm) maximum.
(e) Cracks running into flange holes are not permitted.
(f)

Material missing from flange is not permitted.

(g) Turbine interstage cases with damage in excess of above limits must be
replaced. Cases may be returned to P&WC for repair evaluation.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 646
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(4)

Inspect airfoils. The following defects are acceptable:


(a) On leading and trailing edges, non-converging surface cracks up to 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm) wide and 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) long maximum.
(b) Nicks and dents up to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep and 0.200 in. (5.080 mm)
diameter maximum. Stone to remove raised metal.

27.

(5)

Inspect remaining surfaces for nicks and dents. Stone to remove raised metal.

(6)

Fretting wear of the sealing ring groove in turbine interstage case is acceptable,
providing width of groove does not exceed 0.138 in. (3.505 mm). Stone to remove
metal pickup.

(7)

Inspect for carbon buildup. Remove excess.

(8)

Inspect T6 thermocouple boss bores for fretting and wear which is acceptable up to
0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep.

First-stage Power Turbine Stator


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect inner and outer shrouds. The following defects are acceptable:
(a) Multiple, non-converging hairline cracks on both inner and outer shrouds.
NOTE:

A mismatch not exceeding 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) is acceptable at


the crack area.

(b) On outer shroud: individual, non-converging cracks, maximum 0.005 in.


(0.127 mm) wide and not more than 80% of shroud axial length, providing no
distortion exists.
(c) On inner shroud: individual, non-converging cracks, maximum 0.040 in.
(1.016 mm) wide and extending across full length of shroud providing there is no
distortion.
(2)

Inspect airfoils. The following defects are acceptable:


(a) Leading and trailing edges: non-converging, multiple cracks, maximum
0.005 in. (0.127 mm) wide and 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) long.
(b) Airfoil surfaces (including leading and trailing edges): maximum five nicks or
dents per vane, not more than 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep and 0.100 in.
(2.540 mm) diameter. Stone to remove sharp edges.

(3)

Inspect baffles: cracks up to 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) long on inner diameter are
acceptable.

(4)

Inspect rivets for security and damage. Replace if loose or damaged.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 647
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

28.

Power Turbine Stator Retaining Ring


A.

Inspection
(1)

Visually inspect retaining ring. Retaining rings split into segments due to cracks
extending from the inner and outer diameters are acceptable providing:
(a) The cracks pass through jacking insert holes (0.330 to 0.340 in. dia.) and not
through retaining bolt holes (0.216 to 0.226 in. dia.) or the lug retaining slots.
(b) There are a minimum of 4 bolt holes per segment (6 segments maximum) and
a minimum of one bolt hole each side of lug retaining slots.
(c) Segments are stoned to remove sharp edges and material liable to break off
from the area which cracked.

(2)
29.

Power Turbine Stator Baffle Assembly


A.

Inspection
(1)

30.

Stone to remove sharp edges from nicks and dents.

Inspect for nicks, dents and scoring. Stone to remove raised metal.

Power Turbine Assembly


A.

Inspection
NOTE:

The power turbine assembly inspection criteria applies only to surfaces which
are visible without disassembly.

(1)

Replace loose shanknuts and those which have a rundown torque of less than
2 lb.in. (0.23 Nm).

(2)

Inspect blades per Step (7).

(3)

First-stage power turbine blades are serialized and the serial numbers of the blades
must be recorded in the engine log book.

(4)

When fractured blade(s) are found, inspect the following components to determine
if the vibration produced by the blade(s) was sufficient to cause secondary damage
requiring return of the engine to an overhaul facility.
(a) Inspect the labyrinth air seals in and adjacent to the No. 6 and 7 bearing
housing for excessive clearance (Ref. 72-03-00, F & C REF. NOS. 1123, 1124,
1133, 1299 and 1300).
(b) Visually inspect No. 6 and 7 bearing housing for signs of damage (Ref. Para.
26.).
(c) Inspect second-stage power turbine stator inner diameter for signs of rubbing
with the first-stage power turbine blade platform (Ref. Para. 31.).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 648
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(d) Inspect No. 6 and 7 bearing transfer tubes for damage and signs of oil leaks
(Ref. Para. 37.).
(e) Borescope inspect LP and HP impellers (Ref. 72-00-00).
(f)

Borescope inspect LP and HP turbine blades (Ref. 72-00-00).

(g) Inspect power turbine stator for excessive tip rub (not secondary damage from
the fractured blade(s)) with the first and second-stage power turbine blades.
(h) Inspect for signs of rubbing between the low pressure and power turbine shafts.
(5)

If the results of the inspections called up in step (4) are satisfactory, inspect turbine
support case for impact damage, replace case if necessary. Replace No. 7 bearing,
first-stage power turbine stator bolts and power turbine rotor balancing assembly,
then return engine to service.

(6)

If results of the inspections called up in step (4) are not satisfactory, return engine
to an overhaul facility for an inspection to be carried out in accordance with CIR
Manual instructions.

(7)

Inspect power turbine blades:


(a) Inspect airfoil surface for FOD. Minor surface irregularities in the form of up to
(3) nicks and dents not exceeding a depth of 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) and at least
0.100 in. (2.54 mm) apart are acceptable. Damage must not protrude more
than 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) above airfoil surface and must not have any indication
of cracking. Ensure damage on one side of airfoil is not directly opposite to
damage on the other side. Stone to remove sharp edges from nicks and dents.
(b) Using a 10X power magnifying glass, inspect for cracks on airfoil, including fillet
radii. If cracks are found, return assembly to an overhaul shop for full
inspection. Cracked blades should be handled as follows:
1

If any blade is found cracked due to impact and/or FOD, return power
turbine assembly to an overhaul facility for replacement of only the cracked
blade(s).

If it is evident that the crack(s) are not associated with any impact and/or
FOD, return power turbine assembly to an overhaul facility for replacement
of the complete set of blades.

(c) Check blade tip clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1177 and 1346).
NOTE:

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance. Tip
clearances outside specified limits are acceptable for power turbine
assemblies which are reinstalled in the same engine they were
removed from, providing engine performance is satisfactory and no
power turbine lockup has been reported.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 649
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES MUST BLADE PLATFORMS BE


KNOCKED DOWN TO ACHIEVE CORRECT PROTRUSION.
(d) Tip clearance requirements clarified. Inspect blade fir-tree face to ensure blade
platforms do not protrude more than 0.016 in. (0.406 mm) from disk surface.
Reject assembly if limit exceeded.
(e) Inspect blade retaining rivets. Reject assembly if rivets are loose or heads are
cracked.
(f)

Circumferential and axial movement of blade tips is acceptable. Axial


movement of blade platforms, found when pushing with fingers at blade root, is
unacceptable, and assembly must be rejected.
NOTE:

Repair re-riveting is required only at the location of the blade platform


with axial movement.

(g) Using a 10X power magnifying glass, visually inspect the first- and second-stage
power turbine blade surfaces for sulphidation (Ref. Fig. 619). Reject assembly
if blistering is found.

31.

(8)

Inspect for nicks and dents on remaining components. Stone to remove raised
metal.

(9)

Fretting wear of sealing ring groove in stator assembly is acceptable, providing


width of groove does not exceed 0.119 in. (3.022 mm) and step wear on faces is
not more than 0.003 in (0.076 mm) deep.

(10)

Check Rad. A for cracks (Ref. Fig. 620). Reject power turbine assembly if cracks
are found.

(11)

Inspect stubshaft bore. Stone to remove raised metal.

Second-stage Power Turbine Stator


A.

Inspection (Ref. Fig. 621)


(1)

Inspect inner and outer shrouds. The following defects are acceptable:
(a) Multiple, non-converging hairline cracks on both inner and outer shrouds.
(b) Inner shroud:
1

No open cracks allowed in area B

One crack, maximum 0.040 in. (1.016 mm) wide and extending across full
length of shroud for each section of area A, is acceptable if there is no
distortion.
NOTE:

(2)

A mismatch not exceeding 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) is acceptable at


the crack area.

Inspect airfoils. The following defects are acceptable:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 650
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

ACCEPTABLE FOR
SERVICE

ACCEPTABLE FOR
SERVICE

REJECT

C18578C
First- and Second-stage Power Turbine Blades - Inspection
Figure 619

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 651
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C18770
Power Turbine Stator - Crack Check
Figure 620

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 652
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(a) Leading and trailing edges: non-converging, multiple cracks, maximum


0.005 in. (0.127 mm) wide and 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) long.
(b) Airfoil surfaces (including leading and trailing edges): maximum five nicks or
dents per vane, not more than 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep and 0.100 in.
(2.540 mm) diameter. Stone to remove sharp edges.
32.

Power Turbine Sealing Ring


A.

33.

Inspection
(1)

Fretting is acceptable providing axial width of ring is not less than 0.075 in.
(1.905 mm).

(2)

Check gap in sealing ring at 16.770 in. (425.958 mm) gage diameter (F & C
REF. NO. 1353).

(3)

Radial clearance, when sealing ring is installed with gap at TDC in turbine support
case, is less than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) over at least 300 degrees and less than
0.002 in. (0.050 mm) over remaining circumference, using feeler gage. If necessary,
rotate ring until clearance is within limits. Reject ring if correct clearance is
unobtainable.

Turbine Exhaust Duct (Ref. Fig. 622)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect for nicks, dents, scores, raised material and scratches. Stone to remove
sharp edges to a maximum depth of 0.010 in. (0.254 mm).

(2)

Visually Inspect for cracks at Area a and rad b (leading and trailing edge), cracks
up a maximum depth of 0.060 in. (1.524 mm) are acceptable and maybe blended,
maintaining a minimum blend radius at 0.150 in. (3.810 mm) .
NOTE:

(3)
34.

If limits are exceeded, return to an approved Overhaul Facility for


weld-repair.

Inspect fuel drain hole at bottom of duct for obstruction. Clear as required.

Power Turbine Shaft (Ref. Fig. 623)


A.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect shaft seal, bearing and turbine seating diameters (Areas a, b, c and d):
(a) Nicks and/or dents not exceeding 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep by 0.040 in.
(1.016 mm) wide and at least 0.050 in. (1.270 mm) apart must be blended to
remove sharp edges and polished to restore surface smoothness.
(b) Axial scores (except in Area d) less than 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep by
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) wide and at least 0.100 in. (2.540 mm) apart are
acceptable. Stone to remove raised metal.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 653
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

USE THESE LUGS


FOR ANGULAR
REFERENCE
TOP
DEAD
CENTER

B
A

INSPECT
EVERY
AREA B
ON INNER
SHROUD

PERMISSIBLE
CRACK IN
AREA A
ON INNER
SHROUD

B
0.040 IN.
MAX

0.010 IN. MAX

C103871
Second- stage PT Stator Inspection
Figure 621

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 654
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

AREA

Z
A

TYPICAL
CRACK AREA

(TYPICAL)

PRESB20363
SECTION

AA
b

(TYPICAL)

TYPICAL
CRACK AREA

POSTSB20363
SECTION

AA

C31439B
Turbine Exhaust Duct - Inspection
Figure 622

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 655
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

d
b
0.150 IN.
(3.81 mm)
SECTION

A-A

C18579A
Power Turbine Shaft - Inspection
Figure 623

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 656
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(c) Area d: axial scores less than 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep are acceptable. Stone
to remove raised metal.
(d) Circumferential scores less than 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep and 0.010 in.
(0.127 mm) wide and at least 0.100 in. (2.540 mm) apart are acceptable.
(e) Corrosion pitting not exceeding 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep is acceptable. Stone
to remove raised metal and polish to restore surface smoothness.
(2)

35.

Spacers
A.

Inspection
(1)

36.

Inspection
(1)

Inspect thermocouples and harness (Ref. 72-01-60, INSPECTION/CHECK).

No. 6 and 7 Bearing Pressure, Scavenge and Vent Transfer Tubes


A.

Inspection
(1)

38.

Inspect for nicks and burrs. Stone to remove raised metal.

Thermocouples and Harness


A.

37.

Inspect splines; nicks, burrs and/or galling not exceeding 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) deep
is acceptable. Stone to remove raised metal and polish to restore surface
smoothness.

Inspect for carbon buildup. Clean using carbon removal compound (Ref. 72-01-50,
CLEANING/PAINTING).

Air Seals (Ref. Fits and Clearances and Fig. 626)


A.

Inspection
(1)

The clearances between sealing surfaces on the following air seals must be
dimensionally checked to ensure clearances are within limits:
(a) Low pressure turbine stator abradable seal and HP turbine rear air seal (F & C
REF. NO. 1107).
(b) Turbine interstage stator and rotor air seal (F & C REF. NO. 1299).
(c) High pressure turbine front cover and cooling air nozzle housing assembly
(F & C REF. NO. 1091).

(2)

The clearances between No. 6 bearing rotor and No. 6 and 7 bearing housing air
seal must be checked using a feeler gage to ensure clearance is within limits
(F & C REF. NO. 1300).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 657
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

39.

(3)

Inspect air seals covered by F & C REF. NO. 1108, 1123, 1124, 1133 and 1383 for
condition. Use a stone to remove raised metal. Check clearance only if engine has
high oil consumption.

(4)

If HP turbine stubshaft is removed and engine has high oil consumption, inspect air
seal runners covered by F & C REF. NO. 1075, 1078, 1084, 1328, 1458, 1459
and 1460 for condition and complete seals for clearances. Stone to remove raised
material.

Bearings
A.

Inspection
CAUTION: HANDLING OF BEARINGS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. WEAR
SYNTHETIC RUBBER OR NYLON MESH GLOVES WITH POLYETHYLENE
PALMS AND FINGERS. WHEN RUBBER OR NYLON GLOVES ARE
NOT AVAILABLE, COTTON GLOVES MAY BE WORN IF THEY ARE
CHANGED FREQUENTLY TO ENSURE THE FABRIC DOES NOT BECOME
IMPREGNATED WITH SWEAT. REFER TO 72-00-00, MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(1)

Visually inspect bearings for scoring, spalling, pitting, galling, skidding and
corrosion. Inspect in accordance with CIR Manual instructions if any of the defects
listed are found.
NOTE:

40.

The inner and outer races of No. 6 and 7 bearings may be replaced as
sets only. This can be done without rebalancing.

HP and LP Turbine Disk Assembly Tip Clearances


A.

Procedure
NOTE:

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and Clearances
may have an adverse effect on engine performance.

(1)

If necessary, install HP turbine shroud segments (Ref. Approved Repairs).

(2)

Pre-SB21588: Align X-mark with dowel pin and install LP stator (3, Fig. 624) or
holder (PWC38217) (7), ensuring lugs engage in shroud segment slots.

(3)

Install LP shroud segments and associated parts as follows:


(a) Place seal housing (2) on bench.
(b) Using teflon drift, install LP shroud segments (1) in housing (2) (Ref. Fig. 625)
with No. 1 segment center slot aligned with hole on RH side of dowel and
segments No. 2 through 14 installed clockwise; using feeler gages check gap
between segments (F & C REF. NO. 1805).
(c) Heat associated turbine support case flange area for 10 minutes minimum,
then align dowel pin with hole and, using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A
thread), install seal housing (2, Fig. 624), ensuring LP stator or holder lugs
engage in slots.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 658
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(4)

Check HP turbine disk assembly tip clearance as follows:


(a) Measure average HP turbine disk assembly outer diameter and runout using
gage (PWC54020).
NOTE:

Maximum runout:
v Blade tips not ground, 0.004 in. (0.101 mm).
v Blade tips ground, 0.003 in. (0.076 mm).

(b) Measure HP shroud segment internal diameter adjacent to joints (14 places)
using an internal micrometer.
NOTE: 1. If old segments incorporating curl have been retained, an average
should be taken between the end and center of each segment when
calculating shroud inner diameter. Ensure tip clearance is not
below minimum value at joints (F & C REF. NO. 1092).
NOTE: 2. Maximum runout:
v Existing shroud not ground, 0.002 in. (0.050 mm).
v Existing and new shroud ground, 0.001 in. (0.025 mm).
Tip clearance =

average shroud ID - disk assembly average OD


2

(c) Replace and/or grind shrouds if clearance is outside limits (F & C REF. NO.
1092) or if runout of HP shroud segments is more than 0.002 in. (0.050 mm).
(5)

Check LP turbine disk assembly tip clearance as follows:


(a) Measure average LP turbine disk assembly outer diameter and runout using
gage (PWC38487).
NOTE:

Maximum runout:
v Blade tips not ground, 0.002 in. (0.050 mm).
v Blade tips ground, 0.001 in. (0.025 mm).

(b) Measure LP shroud segment internal diameter, adjacent to joints (14 places),
using an internal micrometer.
NOTE: 1. If old segments incorporating curl have been retained, an average
should be taken between the end and center of each segment when
calculating shroud inner diameter. Ensure tip clearance is not
below minimum value at joints (F & C REF. NO. 1382).
NOTE: 2. Maximum runout:
v Existing shroud not ground, 0.002 in. (0.050 mm).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 659
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBINE SUPPORT CASE

4
2
1

C27109
HP (Pre-SB21588) and LP Turbine Shrouds - Installation for Tip Clearance Check
Figure 624

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 660
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 624


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

LP Turbine Shroud Segments


LP Turbine Seal Housing
LP Turbine Stator
HP Turbine Shroud Segments (Pre-SB21588)
Holder (PWC38217) (Pre-SB21588)
v Existing and new shroud ground, 0.001 in. (0.025 mm).
Tip clearance =

average shroud ID - disk assembly average OD


2

(c) Replace and/or grind shrouds if clearance is outside limits or if runout of LP


shroud segments is more than 0.002 in. (0.050 mm).
(6)

Remove bolts (1), seal housing (2) and LP shroud segments (3) using jackscrews
(PWC32396).

(7)

(Pre-SB21588): Remove LP stator assembly (3) or holder (7).

(8)

Remove HP shroud segments (Ref. Approved Repairs).


NOTE:

41.

Retain shroud segments in position if engine is to be reassembled.

First and Second-stage Power Turbine Assembly Blade Tip Clearance


NOTE:

A.

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and Clearances may
have an adverse effect on engine performance. Tip clearances outside specified
limits are acceptable for power turbine assemblies which are reinstalled in the same
engine they were removed from, providing engine performance is satisfactory and
no power turbine lockup has been reported.

Procedure
(1)

Place power turbine disk balancing assembly on bench with first-stage power
turbine on top.

(2)

Use shims or feeler gages set in four positions, 90 degrees apart, to centralize
first-stage power turbine assembly in shroud.

(3)

Find longest blade and check tip clearance in eight positions using taper feeler or
wire gage.

(4)

Add clearances and divide by eight to obtain the actual tip clearance.

(5)

Compare with the recommended tip clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1177).

(6)

Remove shims or feeler gages and invert power turbine disk assembly.

(7)

Use shims or feeler gages set in four positions, 90 degrees apart, to centralize
second-stage power turbine assembly in shroud.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 661
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C11594
Installation of HP (Pre-SB21588) and LP Shroud Segments - Typical
Figure 625

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 662
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

42.

(8)

Find longest blade and check tip clearance in eight positions using taper feeler or
wire gage.

(9)

Add clearances and divide by eight to obtain the actual tip clearance.

(10)

Compare with the recommended tip clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1346).

(11)

Remove shims or feeler gages.

Fits and Clearances


A.

General
The following pages provide the fits and clearances (Table 601), torques (Table 602),
spring pressure (Table 603), special assembly (Table 604), as applicable, to the repair,
overhaul and assembly of various engine components. All tables have metric
equivalents given in parentheses either beside or beneath the imperial measurements.
For all tables, the indicated REF. NO. can be found in Figure 626.
NOTE:

B.

Clearances are measured in free-state unless otherwise specified.

Terms and Symbols


CAUTION: ALL FITS AND CLEARANCES ARE DIAMETRAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED.
The terms and symbols used in Fits, Clearances and Torque Loading tables are:
(1)

REF. DIMENS. Column - This column lists, for reference only, the minimum and
maximum manufacturing dimensions of two mating parts.

(2)

LIMITS Column - This column indicates the minimum and maximum fit or clearance
between parts, and also the allowable limit to which these parts may wear before
replacement is necessary.
NOTE:

When the REPL Column is left blank, the MIN. or MAX. limits apply.

(3)

The symbol T indicates a tight fits. The symbol L or no letter after a fit denotes a
loose fit.

(4)

The term BY SELECTION indicates that the parts must be chosen and matched to
provide the correct fit.

(5)

The expression FIT TO is used when an operation may be required as assembly to


obtain the required fit.

(6)

An asterisk (*) in the replace column indicates that parts should be replaced if any
looseness is found.

(7)

The number symbol (#) indicates that parts should be replaced when scuffing,
pitting, galling or excessive wear has taken place.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 663
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(8)

Spline fits are calculated from chordal dimensions; unless otherwise specified. all
other fits are diametrical.
TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances

REF.
NO.
1075

Dim. for Ref.


inches (mm)
Name
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)
Cover Assy, No. 5
Bearing

1075

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)
Cover Assy, No. 5
Bearing

1078

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)
Cover Assy, No. 5
Bearing

1078

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)
Cover Assy, No. 5
Bearing

1079

Impeller - Centrifugal
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine

1080

Impeller - Centrifugal
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine

Min.

Max.

Limits
inches (mm)
Min.

Max.

Replace

0.022 0.027
(0.559) (0.686)
Diametral Clearance

0.020 0.025
(0.51) (0.63)
Diametral Clearance

0.023 0.028
(0.584) (0.711)
Diametral Clearance

0.021 0.026
(0.54) (0.66)
Diametral Clearance

0.000 0.0015
(0.000) (0.038)
Diametral Clearance

0.0065T 0.005T
(0.165T) (0.127T)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 664
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances (Contd)

REF.
NO.
1084

Dim. for Ref.


inches (mm)
Name
Shaft - Stub, High
Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)
Housing - Support,
Inner Front, Vane Ring,
Assy of

1084

Shaft - Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)
Housing - Support,
Inner Front, Vane Ring,
Assy of

1087

Disk - High Pressure


Turbine
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)

1087

Disk - High Pressure


Turbine
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)

1091

Cover, High Pressure


Turbine, Front
Housing Assy, Cooling
Air Nozzle

1092

Balancing Assy - High


Pressure Turbine
Shroud Segment High Pressure Turbine
(Fit to) (After shroud
grinding)

Min.

Max.

Limits
inches (mm)
Min.

Max.

Replace

0.016 0.020
(0.406) (0.508)
Diametral Clearance

0.014 0.018
(0.36) (0.45)
Diametral Clearance

0.0060T 0.0047T
(0.152T) (0.119T)

0.0044T 0.0031T
(0.112T) (0.079T)

0.098 0.110
(2.489) (2.794)
Diametral Clearance

0.026 0.028
(0.660) (0.711)
Radial Clearance
Cold

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 665
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances (Contd)


Dim. for Ref.
inches (mm)

REF.
NO.

Name

1107

Seal - Air Interstage


Seal - Turbine
Interstage

1108

Disk - Turbine, Low


Pressure
Housing - Seal,
Turbine Interstage

1123

Seal - Labyrinth, Assy


of
Nut - No. 6 Bearing
Rotor

1124

Seal - Labyrinth, Assy


of
Nut - No. 6 Bearing
Rotor

1133

Seal - Air, Power


Turbine Rotor
Housing - No. 6 & 7
Bearing, Assy of

1177

Power Turbine Stator


Assy
Disk Balancing Assy Second-stage Power
Turbine

1247

Rotor Balancing Assy HP


Housing - Nozzle,
Cooling Air, Assy of

Min.

Max.

Limits
inches (mm)
Min.

Max.

Replace

0.036 0.040
(0.914) (1.016)
Diametral Clearance

0.1129 0.1169
(2.868) (2.969)
Diametral Clearance

0.006 0.012
(0.152) (0.305)
Diametral Clearance

0.007 0.013
(0.178) (0.330)
Diametral Clearance

0.014 0.018
(0.356) (0.457)
Diametral Clearance

0.016 0.019
(0.406) (0.483)
Radial Clearance

0.110 0.120
(2.794) (3.048)
Axial Dimension

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 666
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances (Contd)

REF.
NO.
1299

Dim. for Ref.


inches (mm)
Name
Seal - Air, Turbine
Interstage, Stator
Seal - Air, Turbine
Interstage, Rotor

1300

Seal - Air, No. 6


Bearing Rotor
Seal - Air, No. 6
Bearing Housing

1328

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)
Housing, Support,
Inner Front, Vane Ring

1328

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)
Housing, Support,
Inner Front, Vane Ring

1330

Baffle, Power Turbine


Stator Case,
Turbine Support

1346

Power Turbine Stator


Assy
Disk Balancing Assy First-stage Power
Turbine

1353

Seal Ring - Metal Gap


at 16.622 in.
(422.199 mm) Gage
Diameter

Min.

Max.

Limits
inches (mm)
Min.

Max.

Replace

0.006 0.011
(0.152) (0.279)
Radial Clearance

0.007 0.0085
(0.178) (0.216)
Radial Clearance

0.059 0.063
(1.499) (1.600)
Diametral Clearance

0.057 0.061
(1.45) (1.55)
Diametral Clearance

0.002T 0.006T
(0.050) (0.152)

0.013 0.016
(0.330) (0.406)
Radial Clearance

0.210 0.246
(5.334) (6.248)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 667
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances (Contd)

REF.
NO.
1354

1355

Dim. for Ref.


inches (mm)
Name
Seal Ring - Metal Gap
at 11.860 in.
(301.244 mm) Gage
Diameter
Rotor Balancing Assy LP
Vane Ring - LP Turbine

1361

Duct, Combustion
Chamber, Exit, Small
Housing, Support,
Outer, Front Vane Ring

1365

1368

Seal Ring - Metal Gap


at 11.200 in.
(284.480 mm) Gage
Diameter
Shaft, PT Assy
Nut, No. 6 Bearing
Rotor

1378

1379

1381

Min.

Max.

Limits
inches (mm)
Min.

Max.

0.135 0.196
(3.429) (4.978)

0.079 0.089
(2.006) (2.261)
Axial Dimension

0.009 0.016
(2.229) (0.406)
Gap

0.155 0.200
(2.667) (5.080)

0.425 0.435
(10.795) (11.049)
Axial Dimension

Seal Ring - Metal Gap


at 11.200 in.
(284.480 mm) Gage
Diameter

0.155 0.200
(3.397) (5.080)

Seal Ring - Metal Gap


at 11.530 in.
(292.862 mm) Gage
Diameter

0.175 0.220
(4.445) (5.588)

PT Disk Assy
PT Stator Assy (Fit to)

Replace

0.015 0.025
(0.381) (0.635)
Axial Dimension

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 668
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances (Contd)

REF.
NO.
1382

Dim. for Ref.


inches (mm)
Name

Min.

Balancing Assy - Low


Pressure Turbine
Shroud Segment - Low
Pressure Turbine (Fit
to) (After shroud
grinding)

1383

Rotor Balancing Assy High Pressure


Turbine Stator - Low
Pressure (Axis X-X)

1383

Rotor Balancing Assy High Pressure


Turbine Stator - Low
Pressure (Axis Y-Y)
NOTE:

1458

Seal, Air, Inner Front


Vane Ring

Seal, Air, Inner Front


Vane Ring
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)

1459

Min.

Max.

Replace

0.026 0.028
(0.660) (0.711)
Radial Clearance
Cold

0.010 0.014
(0.254) (0.356)
Radial Clearance

0.019 0.023
(0.483) (0.584)
Radial Clearance

Stator is ground concentric to give a radial clearance of 0.010 to 0.014 in.


(0.254-0.356 mm). It is then ground 0.009 in. (0.229 mm) offset to give the
0.019 to 0.023 in. (0.483-0.584 mm) radial clearance at bottom of axis Y-Y.

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)
1458

Max.

Limits
inches (mm)

Housing Assy, Inner


Front Vane Ring
Shaft, Stub, High
Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)

0.016 0.020
(0.406) (0.508)
Diametral Clearance

0.014 0.018
(0.36) (0.45)
Diametral Clearance

0.016 0.020
(0.406) (0.508)
Diametral Clearance

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 669
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 601, Fits and Clearances (Contd)

REF.
NO.
1459

Dim. for Ref.


inches (mm)
Name

Min.

Max.

Housing Assy, Inner


Front Vane Ring

Housing Assy, Inner


Front Vane Ring

Max.

Replace

0.016 0.020
(0.406) (0.508)
Diametral Clearance

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Pre-SB21683)
1460

Min.

0.014 0.018
(0.36) (0.45)
Diametral Clearance

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)
1460

Limits
inches (mm)

Housing Assy, Inner


Front Vane Ring

0.014 0.018
(0.36) (0.45)
Diametral Clearance

Shaft, Stub, High


Pressure Turbine
(Post-SB21683)

TABLE 602, Torque and Stretch


Limits
REF.
NO.
1701

Name

Min.

Max.

Power Turbine Nut Retaining


CAUTION: DO NOT USE IMPACT DRIVE.
(1)

Apply torque using hand crank to slowly rotate input device to desired torque value.

(2)

Time-saving pneumatic or electric tools can be used as input devices when starting
to apply torque, but the desired final torque value must be obtained using a hand
crank.

(3)

Lubricate with engine oil (PWC03-001) bearing faces, diameters and threads of
stacked components retained by nut.

(4)

Torque nut 1800 to 2000 lb.in. (203.37-225.97 Nm); untorque to 0 lb.in. (0.0 Nm).

(5)

Torque to 300 lb.in. (33.90 Nm) and apply sufficient torque to rotate nut between 13
and 17 degrees to lock it. Record torque.

(6)

Untorque and repeat step (5).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 670
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 602, Torque and Stretch (Contd)


Limits
REF.
NO.

Name
(7)

1706

Min.

Max.

If new torque is more than that previously recorded,


repeat step (5) until a lower torque within 10% of the
former torque is achieved.

Low Turbine Disk Locknut


CAUTION: DO NOT USE IMPACT DRIVE.

1707

(1)

Apply torque using hand crank to slowly rotate input device to desired torque value.

(2)

Time-saving pneumatic or electric tools can be used as input devices when starting
to apply torque, but the desired final torque value must be obtained using a hand
crank.

(3)

Torque to 3600 lb.in. (406.75 Nm) and untorque.

(4)

Torque to 300 lb.in. (33.90 Nm) and apply sufficient torque to rotate nut between 37
to 39 degrees further; record torque.

(5)

Untorque and repeat step (4).

(6)

If new torque reading is more than that previously


recorded, repeat step (4) until a lower torque within
10% of the torque recorded in step (4) is achieved.

High Pressure Turbine Disk Bolts


(1)

Assemble stubshaft and disk balancing assemblies to butt against flanges.


Lubricate nut and bolt threads when tightening nuts, using engine oil (PWC03-001).

(2)

With nuts and bolts consecutively numbered from 1 to 5, tighten nuts to 180 to
190 lb.in. (20.34-21.47 Nm) in 50 lb.in. (5.65 Nm) increments and in following
sequence: 1, 3, 5, 2, 4.

(3)

To ensure components are at room temperature, allow assembly to stabilize for 20


minutes minimum.

(4)

Tighten nuts to 250 to 260 lb.in. (28.25-29.38 Nm) in the following sequence: 1, 3,
5, 2, 4.

(5)

Replace one used nut at a time with a new nut which is torqued as follows:
Measure rundown torque (torque required to drive nut on bolt just before it contacts
flange). To be usable, a nut must have a minimum rundown torque of 10 lb.in.
(1.13 Nm).
To this rundown torque, add 25 lb.in. (2.82 Nm) to obtain a seating torque.
Seating Torque = Rundown Torque + 25 lb.in. (2.82 Nm)
Seat nut, using the seating torque.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 671
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 602, Torque and Stretch (Contd)


Limits
REF.
NO.

Name

Min.

Max.

To the rundown torque, add 250 to 260 lb.in. (28.25-29.38 Nm) to obtain final torque
value.
Final Torque = Rundown Torque + 250 to 260 lb.in. (28.25-29.38 Nm)
CAUTION: REMOVE STUBSHAFT AND REPLACE BOLT WITH A BOLT HAVING THE
SAME WEIGHT 0.10 gm. IF NUT ROTATES MORE THAN 180
DEGREES WHEN APPLYING FINAL TORQUE. THE REPLACED BOLT IS
UNSERVICEABLE AND MUST BE DISCARDED.
(6)
1708

Torque nut using the final torque.

Nut - Locking (Stubshaft)


CAUTION: DO NOT USE IMPACT DRIVE.
(1)

Apply torque, using hand crank to slowly rotate input device to desired torque
value.

(2)

Time-saving pneumatic or electric tools can be used as input devices when starting
to apply torque, but the desired final torque value must be obtained using a hand
crank.

(3)

For engine assembly prior to installing the stubshaft onto the shaft, heat the
stubshaft 150 to 205C (300-400F).

(4)

Install pusher (PWC54281), cylinder (PWC32506) and hydraulic pump (PWC37807


) to seat stubshaft, using a hydraulic pressure of 4700 to 5100 psig (axial load
13000 to 14000 lb.) (5896-6350 kg). Release load when stubshaft is at room
temperature. Remove tools.

CAUTION: DO NOT LUBRICATE WITH ENGINE OIL.


(5)

Pre-SB21518: Lubricate threads and contact face of stubshaft retaining nut with
anti-seize compound (PWC06-009). Install retaining nut fingertight.

CAUTION: DO NOT LUBRICATE WITH ENGINE OIL OR ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND.


(6)

Post-SB21518: Install retaining nut fingertight.

(7)

Using the engine nut apply a torque of 640 to 720 lbf.in. (72.31-81.35 Nm).

(8)

Using layout dye (PWC05-002), mark reference points in line with one another on
nut and mating part.

(9)

Torque nut to turn an additional 46 to 48 degrees. Torque required should not


exceed 6600 lbf.in. (745.8 Nm).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 672
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 602, Torque and Stretch (Contd)


Limits
REF.
NO.

Name

Min.

(10)

Loosen to 0 lbf.in. (0.0 Nm) and repeat step (7).

(11)

If the nut reference point is in line with the mating


reference point or beyond it within 3 degrees
maximum, apply final angle of turn per step (9).

(12)

If reference points are not within limits, repeat steps


(8), (9) and (10) in order until reference points are
within limits; then perform step (11).

(13)

After torquing, remove excess anti-seize compound

Max.

TABLE 603, Spring Pressure


Limits
REF.
NO.

Name

Min.

Max.

Not Applicable

TABLE 604, Special Assembly


Limits
REF.
NO.

Name

Min.

Max.

1804

High Pressure Vane Ring Segments Gap

0.010 0.018
(0.254) (0.457)

1805

Low Pressure Shroud Segments Gap

0.013 0.017
(0.330) (0.432)

1806

High Pressure Shroud Segments Gap


(Pre-SB21588/SB21652)

0.018 0.022
(0.457) (0.559)

1806

High Pressure Shroud Segments Gap


(Post-SB21588/SB21652)

0.016 0.020
(0.406) (0.508)

2011

Dimension from retaining wires


to edge of HP turbine shroud segments.
(Post-SB21588/SB21652)

0.060 0.560
(1.52) (14.22)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 673
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 604, Special Assembly (Contd)


Limits
REF.
NO.

Name
NOTE:

2012

Min.

To be measured simultaneously at both ends of wire (4 places).

Protrusion of end of wires


from turbine support case.
(Post-SB21588/SB21652)
NOTE:

Max.

-0.010 +0.030
(-0.025) (+0.76)

Wires may be cut to achieve this requirement (4 places)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 674
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1354

SECTION

1379

1378

1365

VV

SECTION BMBM

SECTION

BNBN

SECTION

1353

1330

1346
1177

SECTION

1805
1382

1361

1092
1806

D
V

1804

SS

1383

TT

BN
BM

1381

1299

AA

O
BN
BM

1133

T
1355

H
1708

1247

1075
1078
1079
1080
1084
1087
1328
1458
1459
1460

1104 1107
1106 1108
G 1485

1707 1091

1300

1706

1123
1124
1368

1701

Q
C25850C
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 1 of 12)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 675
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1804

HP VANE
H.P. TURBINE
STUBSHAFT
LOCKING NUT
1708

HP VANE
SECTION

COOLING AIR
NOZZLE HOUSING

AA

VIEW

HP ROTOR
BALANCING
ASSEMBLY

1247
VIEW

VIEW C

C18900C
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 676
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

X
H.P. TURBINE
SHROUD
SEGMENT

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

WITNESS OF THIS DIA. MUST


BE EVIDENT AFTER GRINDING

VIEW

Y
1806

H.P. TURBINE
BALANCING
ASSEMBLY

SECTION

XX

VIEW D
TIP CLEARANCE MUST BE
OBTAINED BY FITTING AND
GRINDING SHROUD SEGMENTS
OF REQUIRED CLASSES

D
POSTSB21588

2012

VIEW C
WITH RETAINING WIRE
INSTALLED AND BENT

H.P. TURBINE
DISK BOLT

2011
1707

SCALLOP
EDGE

1806
VIEW E

POSTSB21588
SECTION DD
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT

C68720
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 677
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TDC
Y

Y
LOWPRESSURE TURBINE
STATOR NONABRADABLE
SEAL
RADIAL CLEARANCE AXIS
1383

LP TURBINE
STATOR
HP ROTOR
BALANCING
ASSY

1383
VIEW
VIEW

C25851
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 4)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 678
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1107

1107

HP TURBINE
DISK

VIEW

VIEW

1108

VIEW

C25852
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 5)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 679
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LP ROTOR
BALANCING
ASSY
LP TURBINE
VANE RING

1355

VIEW

VIEW

T
LP TURBINE
SHROUD
SEGMENT

WITNESS OF THIS DIA. MUST


BE EVIDENT AFTER GRINDING
VIEW

T
TIP CLEARANCE MUST BE
OBTAINED BY FITTING
AND GRINDING SHROUD
SEGMENTS OF REQD
CLASSES

LP TURBINE
BALANCING
ASSY

1805

1382
VIEW

SECTION

TT

C31221
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 6)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 680
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LP TURBINE
DISK LOCKNUT

PT SHAFT
ASSY
1368

NO.6 BEARING
ROTOR NUT

1124
1123

1123, 1124, 1368

VIEW

1706
VIEW

VIEW

1381

VIEW

C31222A
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 7)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 681
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

R
PT DISK
BALANCING
ASSY

PT STATOR
1346

1177
VIEW

M
POWER TURBINE STATOR
REQUIRES FREE
MOVEMENT WITHIN
TURBINE SUPPORT CASE

PT SHAFT
(REF.)

PT
RETAINING
NUT

SECTION

1701
VIEW

RR

C31223
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 8)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 682
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

PT DISK

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

1299

VIEW

RADIAL
CLEARANCE

NO. 6
BEARING

1300

VIEW

C33195
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 9)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 683
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

POWER TURBINE

NO.6 AND 7 BEARING


HOUSING

1133

VIEW

1330
TURBINE SUPPORT
CASE

P.T. STATOR
BAFFLE ASSY.
1721
VIEW

C25853A
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 10)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 684
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

COOLING AIR NOZZLE


HOUSING ASSEMBLY

1091

VIEW

HP TURBINE FRONT
COVER

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
SMALL EXIT DUCT

OUTER VANE RING SUPPORT HOUSING

1361
VIEW

U
C21681A

Hot Section - Fits and Clearances


Figure 626 (Sheet 11)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 685
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1459
1328
1458
1460 1084
1078

1075

1087
H.P. TURBINE
STUBSHAFT

1080

1079
VIEW

C25854A
Hot Section - Fits and Clearances
Figure 626 (Sheet 12)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - INSPECTION/CHECK

Page 686
Nov 04/2005

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING
1.

General
A.

This section provides instructions and information necessary for cleaning hot section gas
path components.

B.

Unless otherwise stated, clean hot section gas path components with petroleum solvent
(PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).

WARNING:

NOTE:

2.

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR


CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS
INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE,
EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR
SAFE HANDLING, USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.
Tergit (PWC11-031) and Magkleen 4 (PWC11-032) are recommended to be
used as an alternative to petroleum solvent and trichloroethane respectively
when the use of these products is restricted by local environmental and/or health
legislation.

Consumable Materials
The consumable materials listed below are referred to in this section. For more data, refer to
the CONSUMABLE MATERIALS section at the beginning of this manual.
WARNING:

3.

READ THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE YOU USE THESE
MATERIALS. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Item No.

Name

PWC05-033
PWC05-075*
PWC11-002
PWC11-004A
PWC11-009
PWC11-010
PWC11-012
PWC11-014
PWC11-016
PWC11-018
PWC11-022
PWC11-025
PWC11-027
PWC11-031
PWC11-032

Grit, Abrasive, Aluminum Oxide


Grit, Abrasive, Aluminum Oxide
Trichloroethane 1,1,1 (Inhibited)
Alkaline Cleaner (General Purpose)
Alcohol, Ethyl, Denatured
Alcohol, Methyl (Methanol)
Acetone
Alcohol, Isopropyl
Perchlorethylene
Alkaline Cleaner (General Purpose, Low Foam)
Methyl-ethyl-ketone
Solvent, Cleaner
Solvent, Petroleum
Cleaner, Engine Parts
Solvent, Degreasing

Special Tools
Not Applicable

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

Page 701
Sep 03/99

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

4.

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools


The fixtures, equipment and supplier tools listed below are referred to in procedural text.
Name
Brush, Bristle, Non-metallic (soft)

5.

Hot Section Gas Path Components


WARNING:

NOTE:

A.

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR


CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS
INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE,
EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR
SAFE HANDLING, USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Tergit (PWC11-031) and Magkleen 4 (PWC11-032) are recommended to be used


as an alternative to petroleum solvent and trichloroethane respectively when the
use of these products is restricted by local environmental and/or health legislation.

General
(1)

Unless otherwise stated, clean hot section gas path components with petroleum
solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).

(2)

Vapor Degreasing

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

Page 702
Sep 03/99

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

WARNING:

PARTS SHOULD ENTER OR BE REMOVED FROM THE


DEGREASER AT A VERTICAL SPEED OF 15 FEET PER MINUTE
MAXIMUM. LOADED BASKETS AND LARGE PARTS ENTERING THE
DEGREASER AT A FASTER RATE ACT AS A PISTON FORCING
VAPOR FROM THE DEGREASER. WHEN WORK IS REMOVED TOO
RAPIDLY, MUCH OF THE VAPOR WILL BE PULLED OUT. THIS
WASTES SOLVENT, INCREASES DEGREASING TIME, AND
CREATES A HEALTH HAZARD.

WARNING:

SOLVENT SHOULD NEVER BE REMOVED FROM A DEGREASER.

CAUTION: THE DEGREASER SHOULD BE OPERATED SO AS TO CREATE


A MINIMUM DISTURBANCE OF THE VAPORS.
CAUTION: IF EXCESSIVE LOADS ARE INTRODUCED INTO THE MACHINE, A
DROP IN THE VAPOR LEVEL WILL RESULT. CONSEQUENTLY, AIR
WILL BE SUCKED INTO THE MACHINE AND MIXED WITH
SOLVENT VAPOR. WHEN THE VAPOR LINE IS GRADUALLY
RESTORED, THESE MIXED VAPORS WILL BE FORCED OUT OF
THE DEGREASER.
CAUTION: DO NOT SUBMERGE COMPONENTS IN BOILING SOLVENT.
CAUTION: THE CONDENSER WATER JACKET OF A VAPOR DEGREASER IS
WHERE THE VAPOR LEVEL MUST BE MAINTAINED (NO WORK IN
TANK).
CAUTION: DO NOT USE MAGKLEEN 4 IN A VAPOR DEGREASER.
(a) Lower into degreaser at 15 feet per minute maximum. The degreasing fluid
must be one of the following:
1

Inhibited 1,1,1-trichloroethane (PWC11-002) maintained at 72 to 77C


(162-170F).

Perchlorethylene (PWC11-016) maintained at 120 to 124C (248-256F).


NOTE: 1. Parts must be suspended in the vapor in baskets, from hooks,
or in nylon slings. Rope or canvas slings must not be used, as
they become soaked with and carry out the solvent.
NOTE: 2. Parts must be stacked in baskets or hung in slings in the
position which affords the best drainage, so that solvent will not
become entrapped and carried out of the degreaser.
NOTE: 3. The differences in the solvents and their operating temperatures
must be noted and considered at each degreasing operation.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

Page 703
Sep 03/99

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(b) Hold in vapor and spray, as required, with the nozzle well below the vapor
level.
NOTE:

The work must remain in the vapor until it has reached vapor
temperature. When this occurs, condensation will cease. This
provides a maximum of cleaning and assures rapid drying of the work
as it passes from the vapor phase.

(c) Raise the part to drain.


NOTE: 1. All work should be dry before it is removed from the degreaser.
NOTE: 2. When degreaser is not in use:
v Covers should be closed, whether machine is shut off or on
stand-by.
v Canvas degreaser covers should not be allowed to hang down into
the degreaser. This acts as a wick and will drain the solvent.
v Degreasers should be turned off if they will be inactive for a few
hours, a holiday, or a weekend.
B.

Turbine Interstage Case


(1)

Pre-cleaning Methods
(a) Vapor Degrease per Para. A.(2)
(b) Solvent Wiping
1

Wipe part with a clean, white, lint-free, unsized cloth moistened with one of
the following solvents:
v Acetone (PWC11-012).
v Methyl-ethyl-ketone (PWC11-022).
v Isopropyl alcohol (PWC11-014).
v Petroleum solvent (PWC11-027).
v Denatured alcohol (PWC11-009).
v Perchlorethylene (PWC11-016).
v Trichloroethane 1,1,1-inhibited (PWC11-002).
v Methyl alcohol (PWC11-010).
v Solvent cleaner (PWC11-025).
v Engine parts cleaner (PWC11-031).
v Degreasing solvent (PWC11-032).

Air dry.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

Page 704
Sep 03/99

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(c) Solvent Immersion or Spray


1

Immerse or spray parts with one of the following solvents:


v Petroleum solvent (PWC11-027).
v Denatured alcohol (PWC11-009).
v Perchlorethylene (PWC11-016).
v Trichloroethane 1,1,1-inhibited (PWC11-002).
v Methyl alcohol (PWC11-010).
v Engine parts cleaner (PWC11-031)
v Degreasing solvent (PWC11-032)

Rinse with clean solvent, if required.

Air dry.

(d) Alkaline Immersion or Spray Cleaning


1

Do either of the following:


a

Immersion in Tank
Put the component fully in a tank of alkaline cleaner (PWC11-004A) at
32 to 66C (90-150F) for 5 to 30 minutes; or

Spray Wash Machine


Spray component with alkaline cleaner (PWC11-004A) at 32 to 60C
(90-140F). Use a 5- to 30-minute wash cycle.

If necessary, scrub component with a soft, non-metallic bristle brush.

Immerse part in warm water at 32 to 38C (90-100F).

Pressure-spray-rinse with warm or hot water at 32 to 93C (90-200F).

Immerse part in hot water at 66 to 93C (150-200F).

WARNING:

WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR DRYING, REGULATE


PRESSURE TO 29 psig (200 kPa) OR LESS. WEAR GOGGLES
OR FACE SHIELD TO PROTECT EYES.

Blow dry with clean, low pressure compressed air.

(e) Alkaline-wipe Cleaning


1

Wipe part using clean, white, lint-free, unsized cloth moistened with alkaline
cleaner (PWC11-004A) or (PWC11-018).
NOTE:

Agitate solution before use.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

Page 705
Sep 03/99

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(2)

Rinse part with warm or hot water.

Air-dry.

Grit-blasting Outer Flange


CAUTION: DO NOT DWELL IN ONE AREA FOR MORE THAN TWO SECONDS;
USE CONTINUOUS MOTION.
(a)

Blast outer flange and adjacent snap diameters with aluminum oxide grit
(PWC05-033) or (PWC05-075*), as required, to remove corrosion. Maintain
a 3- to 4-inch nozzle-to-part distance at a 45- to 60-degree angle to the work
surface.
NOTE: 1. For pressure-type machine use 25 to 30 psig (172-207 kPa).
NOTE: 2. For suction-type machine use 50 to 60 psig (344-414 kPa).

WARNING:

(b)

WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR CLEANING, REGULATE


PRESSURE TO 29 psig (200 kPa) OR LESS. WEAR GOGGLES OR
FACE SHIELD TO PROTECT EYES.

Blow clean with clean, low pressure compressed air.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - CLEANING/PAINTING

Page 706
Sep 03/99

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS


1.

General
A.

This section provides instructions for repairing hot section gas path components.

B.

Parts heated or cooled before assembly must be at room temperature when final securing
torque is applied.

C.

Special assembly instructions, torques and dimensional tolerances applicable to


assembly are contained in Inspection/Check and identified in text by Fits and Clearances
(F & C) reference numbers.

WARNING:

WEAR GOGGLES WHEN REMOVING LOCKWIRE AND DURING GRINDING


OPERATIONS.

CAUTION: TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH ASSOCIATED SERVICEABLE


COMPONENTS, NEW COMPONENTS MUST BE FULLY INTERCHANGEABLE
WITH THOSE REPLACED.
NOTE:
2.

Use engine oil (PWC03-001) to lubricate packings, threads and mating faces,
unless stated otherwise.

Consumable Materials
The consumable materials listed below are referred to in this section. For more data, refer to
the CONSUMABLE MATERIALS section at the beginning of this manual.
WARNING:

READ THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE YOU USE THESE
MATERIALS. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Item No.

Name

PWC03-001
PWC04-001
PWC05-002
PWC05-068
PWC05-070
PWC05-089
PWC05-102
PWC05-253
PWC06-032
PWC11-027
PWC11-030
PWC11-031

Oil, Engine
Grease
Dye, Layout
Masking Tape
Tape, Pressure-sensitive
Lockwire
Dry Ice
Plastic Masking Tape
Compound, Anti-galling
Solvent, Petroleum
Thinner
Cleaner, Engine Parts

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 801
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

3.

Special Tools
Special tools are identified in procedural text by part number in parentheses.
Tool No.

Name

PWC31771-100
PWC31771-102
PWC32396
PWC32506
PWC37275
PWC37276
PWC37310
PWC37528
PWC37586
PWC37736
PWC37807
PWC37839
PWC37850
PWC37852
PWC37911
PWC37913
PWC37914
PWC37917
PWC37918
PWC37919
PWC37919-29
PWC37980
PWC37990
PWC37994
PWC38101
PWC38217
PWC38231
PWC38290
PWC38291
PWC38308
PWC38309
PWC38487
PWC38589
PWC54020
PWC56341
(Post-SB21588/
SB21652)

Spreader
Spreader
Jackscrews
Cylinder
Puller
Drift
Drift
Grinding Wheel
Grinding Fixture
Plate
Pump
Grinding wheel
Base
Base
Fixture
Locator
Support
Dresser
Grinder
Fixture
Pin (Component of PWC37919)
Gage
Adapter
Adapter
Fixture
Holder
Adapter
Adapter
Gage Assembly
Pad
Puller
Gage
Support
Gage
Gage, Shroud Segment Retaining Wire

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 802
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

4.

Tool No.

Name

PWC56365
(Post-SB21588/
SB21652)
PWC56366
(Post-SB21588/
SB21652)
PWC56367
(Post-SB21588/
SB21652)

Cutter, Shroud Segment Retaining Wire

Punch, Shroud Segment Retaining Wire

Lever, Shroud Segment Retaining Wire

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools


The fixtures, equipment and supplier tools listed below are referred to in procedural text.
Name
Bolts, Slave (0.190-32 UNJF-3A 0.625)
Brush
Feeler Gage
Felt Pad
Hammer, Ball Peen (2 lb.)
Heat gun, Thermofit Minigun (with reflector)
Micrometer (internal)
Micrometer (external)
Oven
Pin, Guide (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread)
Shims, Brass, 0.010 in. (0.254 mm)
Shims, Brass, 0.018 in. (0.457 mm)
Wheel, Rotary, Scotchbrite or Equivalent

5.

Turbine Vane Rings


A.

General
(1)

Vane-ring classes are values which are proportional and have a relation to the
mechanically measured throat area (sum of the dimensions of the individual
vane openings) of vane-ring assemblies. The values measured by the air-flow test
machines are different from the mechanically measured values in the class
group because of the effects of the vane shape and its surface finish on the air
flow.

(2)

The class group is only used for inventory purposes and for ordering vane rings
from the parts catalog. The class group must not be used in place of the actual
flow class when performing matching procedures.

(3)

Flow-class and operation identification markings are as follows:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 803
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(a) TC may be present, and indicates the class of tool used to manufacture the
vane ring. This is only marked by the manufacturer on new vane rings.
(b) CL followed by a four digit number indicates the flow class.
(c) Class Group is a measured flow class, rounded-off to the tens unit and is
shown beside the part number. This is only marked by the manufacturer
when the vane-ring is new, and is used for inventory purposes.
(d) RC indicates the initial raw flow class measured at manufacturing.
(e) FC indicates the flow class after an air-flow test in which no class adjustment
was done. This would be performed after a vane-ring has been removed from
an engine and before any adjustments were made.
(f)

R1, R2, etc. indicates the class after a flow-class adjustment rework and
identifies each rework in numerical order.

(g) These markings are laid-out on the vane-ring outer shroud as follows (Ref.
Fig. 801):

6.

RC

FC

R1

R2

CL1670

CL1662

CL1657

CL1631

Engine Rotor Speed Matching


A.

Introduction
(1)

Engine rotor speed matching is achieved through the selection of vane-ring flow
areas. Altering the vane-ring flow area changes the temperature as well as the
pressure ratio across the turbine, thus altering the rotor speed.

(2)

Matching is affected by the standard of modification from the incorporation of SBs


and by variation in parts due to the repair and re-use of worn parts with different
assembly clearances.

(3)

Rotor speed is not only influenced by the vane-ring associated with the turbine
driving the rotor, but also by the vane-ring located immediately downstream of
the turbine. This is because the upstream vane-ring controls the velocity of the gas
flow and the downstream vane-ring controls the back pressure.

(4)

If the impellers have been blend-repaired or have experienced erosion, some loss
of compressor efficiency and an increase in rotational speed will result.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 804
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(5)

The recommended method for vane-ring matching procedure is to maintain a fixed


minimum LP (A5) vane-ring area to avoid engine surging and to restore rotor
speeds by increasing the HP (A4) vane-ring flow area to lower NH, and to decrease
the 1st stage PT (A6) vane-ring flow area to lower NL.
NOTE:

If an LP vane-ring (A5) with a flow-area lower than the minimum


recommended (Ref. Table 801) is required to match the engine, contact
Pratt & Whitney Canada, Technical Support.

(6)

A flow check to determine actual flow class of the vane ring is required as exact
values allow for more accurate matching. This is true, even if installing the same
vane rings as original build, since vane-ring flow areas can change during engine
operation due to erosion and deterioration.

(7)

Use one of the following procedures when matching vane rings:


(a) A vane-ring matching work sheet which is to be completed and faxed to
P&WC, who will recommend new vane-ring flow areas.
NOTE:

This procedure is temporary and is intended to support the facilities


during the setting-up phase of HSIs or overhaul until experience is
gained.

(b) A table listing fixed flow areas based on build standards. The table is
recommended to be followed because when changes made to the engine are
so extensive, it is very difficult to calculate the compensation required to
allow for engine deterioration and the incorporation of modifications, and there
is an increased chance of significant error.
(c) A detailed procedure which can be used to calculate required changes in
vane-ring flow areas relative to previous build, and is based on dimensions and
readings taken from the engine.
NOTE:

B.

This method is accurate when minor changes are made to the engine
(i.e., incorporation of service bulletins and changes requiring small
variations in vane-flow areas). If major changes are incorporated, use
method outlined in step (b).

Procedure
(1)

Vane Class Matching Work Sheet (Ref. Fig. 802)


(a) If required, complete the Vane Matching Work Sheet as detailed in Figure 802
and return it to Pratt & Whitney Canada.

(2)

Vane-ring Class Matching Table (Ref. Table 801)


(a) The table can be used without further calculations to determine recommended
vane-ring class matches.
(b) The table can also be used to determine a vane-ring class match based on
build-standard.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 805
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

CLASS
IDENTIFICATION
LOCATION

B
A

INITIAL FLOWCLASS

SECTION

FLOWCLASS
AFTER AIR FLOWCLASS
AFTER CLASS
FLOW TEST
ADJUSTMENT
REWORK

AA
CLASS
GROUP

ASSY
3049662
CL1500

RC
CL1496

VIEW

FC
CL1499

R1
CL1506

B
C32951A

Typical Vane-ring Class Identification - LP


Figure 801 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 806
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

FLOWCLASS
AFTER AIR FLOW TEST
FLOWCLASS
AFTER CLASS ADJUSTMENT REWORK

INITIAL FLOW CLASS

ASSY 3037053
RC
CL2720 CL2716

FC
CL2720

CLASS
IDENTIFICATION
MAY ALSO APPEAR
IN THIS AREA

RI
CL2726

CLASS GROUP
VIEW

C32818B
Typical Vane-ring Class Identification - LP
Figure 801 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 807
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

VANE MATCHING WORKSHEET


PW100 ENGINES
THIS SHEET IS COMMON TO HSI AND OVERHAUL. FILL IN DATA AS APPLICABLE.
AIRLINE / FACILITY:

NAME OF SENDER:

FAX NUMBER:

PHONE NUMBER:

ENGINE MODEL:

TSN / CSN:

ENGINE S/N:

TSO / CSO:

NO. OF HSI SINCE NEW OR LAST O/H:

TSHSI / CSHSI:

REASON FOR REMOVAL:


ON WING ENGINE PERFORMANCE DATA
ENGINE RUNNING
PROCEDURE

TQ
(%)

NH
(%)

NL
(%)

NP 1
(%)

ITT/T6
( O C)

WF
(PPH)

OAT
( O C)

PRESSURE
ALTITUDE*

POWER
ASSURANCE
CHECK

PRIOR
TO
HSI

RECORD 2
PARAMETERS
AT 80% TQ **
RECORD 2
PARAMETERS
AT 70% TQ **
RECORD 2
PARAMETERS
AT 60% TQ **

AFTER
HSI

POWER
ASSURANCE
CHECK
* INDICATE UNITS
** STABILIZE FOR 3 MINUTES BEFORE RECORDING PARAMETERS
NOTE : 1 SELECT 100% NP, RECORD INDICATED NP
2 BLEED AIR OFF AND MINIMUM ACCESSORY LOAD

C33235B
Vane-ring Matching Work Sheet
Figure 802 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 808
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

SHP
(TQ)

NOTE:

LAST ENGINE TEST CELL PERFORMANCE AND BUILD DATA


WF
ITT*
T6H*
A4
A5
A6
NL*
T6C* (UNTRIMMED) (TRIMMED) P3/P1 P2.5/P2
(PPH)
CLASS AS FLOWED

NH*

IF NO TEST CELL RUN HAS BEEN PERFORMED SINCE NEW, GIVE ON WING PERFORMANCE DATA
AT LAST HSI (AS APPLICABLE)
TEST CELL
ON WING

LP*
HP*
IMPELLER INDUCER
CLEARANCE

HP TURBINE
TIP
DIA*
CLEARANCE*

LP TURBINE
TIP
DIA*
CLEARANCE*

1st. PT TIP
CLEARANCE*

ORIGINAL
ACTUAL
* INDICATE UNITS

HP VANE
FLOW CLASS
CONDITION

VANES INTENDED FOR INSTALLATION


1st. PT VANE
LP VANE
FLOW CLASS
FLOW CLASS
CONDITION
CONDITION

FOR CONDITION INDICATE: NEW / REPAIRED / USED

UPON COMPLETION, SEND COPIES TO: PW100 TECH SUPPORT, FAX NO. 4506472888
TURBOPROP PERFORMANCE B, FAX NO. 4506477461

ACTUAL INSTALLED

RECOMMENDED BY P&WC
A4

A5

A6

A4

A5
CLASS AS FLOWED

INDICATE:

A6

N (NEW)
R (REPAIRED)
U (USED)

RETURN COPIES TO ABOVE SOURCES INDICATING ACTUAL VANEAREAS INSTALLED


SHEET 2 OF 2

C33190B
Vane-ring Matching Work Sheet
Figure 802 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 809
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 801, Recommended Turbine Vane Ring Flow Areas (Refer to engine log book to
determine build standard)
ENGINE
BUILD
STANDARD

HPT VANE
AREA (A4)
(SEE NOTE 1)

HPT VANE
AREA PLUS
2.2% (A4)
(SEE NOTE 2)

LPT VANE
AREA (A5)
(SEE NOTES 3 & 4)

1st STAGE PT
VANE AREA
(A6)
(SEE NOTE 4)

BASIC
ENGINE

8.10 in2 (0.05)

8.28 in2 (0.05)

15.00 in2 (0.05)

34.65 in2 (0.15)

BASIC
ENGINE
PLUS
SB21588
SB21652

8.42 in2 (0.05)

8.60 in2 (0.05)

15.00 in2 (0.05)

34.65 in2 (0.15)

NOTE: 1. Applies to an overhauled engine where both impellers and both shroud housings are
new.
NOTE: 2. Applies to engines where one or both impellers were changed for new at last
overhaul or shop visit. Flow area listed applies to first and subsequent HSIs for the
given build standard.
NOTE: 3. LP turbine vane ring flow area for the various engine build standards must not be less
than the values listed.
NOTE: 4. Applies to all impeller conditions.
(3)

Vane-ring Class Matching Calculation Procedure


(a) This method starts with original build data and assumes that if engine is built
with same components and clearances as were in original build, NH and NL
will also remain the same. It then calculates changes in NH and NL due to
hardware condition, incorporation of SBs and changes in clearances and
dimensions. This data is used to calculate recommended changes in vane-ring
flow areas to bring NH and NL to mid-band of the acceptance performance
limits.
(b) An on-wing engine test is recommended to be carried out before HSI/overhaul.
Typical engine performance deterioration is caused by loss in HP and LP
turbine efficiency due to blade oxidation which causes an increase in tip
clearance leading to increased T6/ITT. Decreased HP turbine efficiency results
in less energy extracted from the gas stream, causing a lower NH. The LP
turbine is less affected by oxidation so the efficiency loss is low. Since less
energy is used by the HP turbine, more is available for the LP resulting in an
unchanged or slightly higher NL.
(c) If when comparing the on-wing engine test before HSI with the test at
installation after previous shop visit, the engine trend of NH lower than original
build and NL equal or higher has not occurred (NH is higher), contact Pratt
& Whitney Canada, Technical Support, as hot section deterioration is not typical
and a supplementary compressor deterioration compensation may have to
be added.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 810
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(d) Figure 803 gives guidelines on the effect of clearance, dimensional, rotor
speed and vane-ring flow area deviations on various engine parameters. In
addition, the following component deterioration also affects rotor speeds:
1

Leaking HP vane seal rings, which have the effect of increasing the effective
HP vane-ring flow area.

Leaks around the LP turbine housing seal face or seal rings, which have
the effect of increasing the effective LP vane-ring flow area.

Leaking PT vane seal ring, which has the effect of decreasing the PT
efficiency and increasing ITT/T6.

(e) The following terms are used in the text:


1

ORIGINAL: what was installed at last overhaul or HSI when a test-cell run
was carried out and data was available.

ACTUAL: what is intended for installation at present build.

BUILD: overhaul or HSI where components, impellers or vanes may have


been changed.

RTH: Root Theta (temperature correction coefficient) is used during test to


obtain corrected NH and NL values which reflect the OAT:
v CORRECTED NH =
v CORRECTED NL =
NOTE:

NH
RTH
NL
RTH

Root theta is derived as follows:


v Degrees Fahrenheit
RTH =

Rankine
OATF + 459
'OAT519
='
519

v Degrees Centigrade
RTH =
(f)

'OAT288Kelvin = 'OATC288+ 273

For use as a baseline, determine the following:


v ORIGINAL A4 :__________
v ORIGINAL A5 :__________
v ORIGINAL A6 :__________
v ORIGINAL NH/RTH :__________
v ORIGINAL NL/RTH :__________

(g) Determine required change in A4 due to changes in engine configuration and


condition of HP and LP impellers to restore NH to original value, as follows:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 811
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

EFFECT OF DEVIATION FROM NOMINAL DIMENSION


ITT

DIMENSIONS

VARIATIONS

NL RPM

NH RPM

LP Impeller
Inducer
Clearance

+ 0.005 in
(0.127 mm)

+ 100

+ 100

8 C
(14.4 F)

+ 8

HP Impeller
Inducer
Clearance

--

+ 50

3 C
(5.4 F)

+ 3

HP Tip
Clearance

LP Tip
Clearance
PT Tip
Clearance
HP Turbine
Diameter

0.005 in
(0.127 mm)

0.005 in
(0.127 mm)
0.005 in
+
(0.127 mm)
0.010 in
+
(0.254 mm)
0.032 in
+
(0.813 mm)

260

90

+ 130

+ 50

+ 50

--

--

LP Turbine
Diameter

NL Speed

+ 100

+ 100

--

NH Speed

+ 100

--

+ 100

A4
(HP Vane)

1%

--

150

A5
(LP Vane)

1%

100

A6
(PT Vane)

1%

+ 100

0.032 in
(0.813 mm)

50

150
+ 80

WF (PPH)

11 C
(19.8 F)
4 C
(7.2 F)
2 C
(3.6 F)
1 C
(1.8 F)
2 C
(3.6 F)
3 C
(5.4 F)
1 C
(1.8 F)
1 C
(1.8 F)

+ 8
+ 4
+ 2
+ 1
+ 3
+ 1
- 0.5
+ 1

--

+ 150

--

3 C
(5.4 F)

--

+ 1

These reactions are only supplied as a general guideline.


If the reactions are not confirmed, it is most likely due to component condition.

C32952D
Effects of Deviations in Dimensions
Figure 803 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 812
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

EFFECTS OF VANE AREA VARIATIONS


VANE

VANE
AREA

NH

A4
(HP VANE)

NL

P3 / P2.5

P2.5 / P2

NONE

NONE

A5
(LP VANE)

A6
(PT VANE)

NONE

NONE

ITT

WF

These reactions are only supplied as a general guideline.


If the reactions are not confirmed, it is most likely due to component condition.

C32953A
Effects of Deviations in Dimensions
Figure 803 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 813
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Determine % change in original A4:


NOTE:

If one impeller is used and one is new, impeller condition is


considered to be used.

HP & LP
IMPELLER
CONDITION
ORIGINAL
NEW
USED
A4% change:

RECOMMENDED
CHANGE IN
ACTUAL
USED
USED

A4
+2.2% (Ref. Note)
0
-3.0%

NOTE: Valid for typical engine performance deterioration


as described above. These values may have to be
altered if deterioration is not typical.
2

Calculate required A4 to restore NH to original value as follows:


a

ORIGINAL A4 + (ORIGINAL A4 x
A4__________

A4%
100

change) = CORRECTED

(h) Determine the effect engine clearance has on the original NH and NL by
comparing changes in dimensions with Figure 803:
NOTE:
1

If data is not available from previous build (overhaul, HSI or when


new), contact P&WC who will supply data from the initial (new) build.

Measure LP impeller inducer clearance as follows (Ref. Table 802):


a

Go through air intake, with two feeler gages 180 degrees apart, and
measure gaps between impeller and associated housing at engine
centerline.

Average results and record as LP inducer clearance.

TABLE 802, Component Clearance and Effect on NL/NH


CHANGE IN

ORIGINAL

ACTUAL

NL RPM

NH RPM

LP Impeller
Inducer
Clearance
LPT Tip
Clearance
HPT Tip
Clearance
1st Stage PT Tip Clearance

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 814
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 802, Component Clearance and Effect on NL/NH (Contd)


CHANGE IN

ORIGINAL

ACTUAL

NL RPM

NH RPM

HP Turbine
Diameter
LP Turbine
Diameter
Net Total Change in RPM:
(i)

(j)

Using NH and NL from original engine test as a base, calculate new (expected)
NH and NL for this build as follows:
1

NEW NH/RTH = NH (Step (h)) + ORIGINAL NH/RTH (Step (f))

NEW NL/RTH = NL (Step (h)) + ORIGINAL NL/RTH (Step (f))

Determine baseline for A4, A5, A6, NH, NL and Target NH/RTH and NL/RTH as
follows:
CORRECTED A4 (step (g))__________NEW NH/RTH (step (i))__________
TARGET NH/RTH__________
TARGET NL/RTH__________
NOTE: 1. NH limits are 97.3 to 99.1% (32400 to 33000 rpm). Target NH is
98.2% (32700 rpm).
NOTE: 2. NL limits are 97.8 to 100.0% (27100 to 27700 rpm). Target NL is
98.9% (27650 rpm).
NOTE: 3. For a higher NL, a lower T6/ITT is expected. If targeting for a higher
NL than the mid-band and minimum possible T6, ensure NH/NL ratio
is 1.182 Min.
NOTE: 4. Use rpm when calculating the NH/NL ratio.

(k) Find A4 to achieve TARGET NH, using values in Step (j) as follows:
(TARGET NH/RTH) - (NEW NH/RTH) = NH:__________ RPM
From Fig. 804, find required A4% to effect NH required.........................
A4:___________ %
A4 required:
(CORRECTED A4 + (CORRECTED A4 x
A4:__________

A4%)
100 ))

= CALCULATED

MAXIMUM A4 obtainable (Ref. Note 2):__________

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 815
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Use lowest flow area obtainable between CALCULATED A4 and MAXIMUM A4


as NEW A4:__________ 0.05 in2
NOTE: 1. If MAXIMUM A4 is lower than CALCULATED A4, A5 must be
changed to adjust NH by performing Step (l). If CALCULATED A4 is
lower than MAXIMUM A4, go directly to Step (m).
NOTE: 2. MAXIMUM A4 obtainable is the flow area of the highest class HP
vane segments sold by P&WC (Ref. Table 803).
(l)

Calculate NEW A5 to adjust NH if A4 maximum flow-area was exceeded in


Step (k) as follows:
1

CALCULATED A4:__________ MAXIMUM A4:__________


% Difference in A4:_____ =

CALCULATED A4 - MAXIMUM A4
CALCULATED A4

x 100

From Fig. 804, determine RPM in NH from % difference in A4:


NH:__________ RPM

From Fig. 804, determine A5% required to compensate for difference in


NH (Step 2):
A5:__________ %

New A5 required:
(ORIGINAL A5 + (ORIGINAL A5 x
in2
NOTE:

A5%
100 ))

= NEW A5:__________ 0.10

If NEW A5 is lower than minimum recommended A5 (Ref. Table


801), contact Pratt & Whitney Canada, Technical Support.

From Fig. 804, determine RPM in NL from % change in A5 (Step 3):


NL:__________ RPM

Calculate new NL as follows:


a

NL + NEW NL/RTH (Step (j)) =__________ CALCULATED NL/RTH

(m) Find A6 to achieve TARGET NL using values in Step (j) as follows:


NOTE:

If Step (l) was performed, use CALCULATED NL/RTH in place of


NEW NL/RTH.

(TARGET NL/RTH) - (NEW NL/RTH) = NL:__________ RPM

From Fig. 804, find required A6% to effect NL required.


A6:__________ %

New A6 required:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 816
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

NH SPEED

N H EFFECT FROM A 4

+600

INDICATES N H REACTION
FROM A 4 CHANGE.

+500

ALL SPEEDS IN RPMS.


A 4 = HP VANE.

+400
+300
+200
+100
+1

+2

+3

+4

% CHANGE
IN VANE
AREA

100
200
300
400
500
600

C31892
Vane-ring Matching - Rotor Speed Rate of Change vs. Vane Area
Figure 804 (Sheet 1 of 4)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 817
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

N H RATE OF CHANGE FROM A 5

+600

INDICATES AMOUNT

NEEDED TO BE
REMOVED TO OBTAIN
REQUIRED SPEED

ALL SPEEDS IN RPM


A 5 = LP VANE.

NH SPEED

+500

EXAMPLE IF: N H IS
300 RPM OVERSPEED
USE 300

+400
+300
+200
+100
+1

+2

+3

+4

+5

% CHANGE
IN VANE
AREA

100
200
300
400
500
600

C31889
Vane-ring Matching - Rotor Speed Rate of Change vs. Vane Area
Figure 804 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 818
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

N L EFFECT FROM A 5

INDICATES N L REACTION
FROM A 5 CHANGE.
TO CORRECT N H
ALL SPEEDS IN RPMS.
A 5 = LP VANE.

+600

NL SPEED

+500
+400
+300
+200
+100
+1
5

+2

+3

+4

+5

% CHANGE
IN VANE
AREA

100
200
300
400
500
600

C31893
Vane-ring Matching - Rotor Speed Rate of Change vs. Vane Area
Figure 804 (Sheet 3)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 819
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

N L RATE OF CHANGE FROM A 6

+600

INDICATES AMOUNT

NEEDED TO BE
REMOVED TO OBTAIN
REQUIRED SPEED

ALL SPEEDS IN RPMS.


A 6 = 1st PT VANE.

NL SPEED

+500

EXAMPLE IF: N L IS
300 RPM OVERSPEED
USE 300

+400
+300
+200
+100
+1

1
100

+2

+3

+4

+5

% CHANGE
IN VANE
AREA

200
300
400
500
600

C31890
Vane-ring Matching - Rotor Speed Rate of Change vs. Vane Area
Figure 804 (Sheet 4)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 820
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(CORRECTED A6 + (CORRECTED A6 x
in2
(ORIGINAL A6 + (ORIGINAL A6 x

A6%
100 ))

A6%
100 ))

= NEW A6: _____ 0.15

= NEW A6: _____ 0.15 in2

(n) Select vane rings and flow-check as follows:


1

NEW A4 (HP Vane) required (Step (k)):__________


Actual as flowed:__________

NEW A5 (LP Vane) (Step (l)):__________


Actual as flowed:__________
NOTE:

If a new A5 was not calculated in Step (l), use value from


ORIGINAL A5 (Step (g)).

NEW A6 (1st PT Vane) required (Step (m)):__________


Actual as flowed:__________

(o) Evaluate % difference in vane-ring flow areas to determine if NH and NL


speeds are still within test acceptance limits, using values in Step (n):
1

New A4, A5, A6


a

NEW A4__________ Actual as flowed__________


% Change in A4__________ =

Actual as flowed - NEW A5


NEW A5

x 100

NEW A6__________ Actual as flowed__________


% Change in A6__________ =

x 100

NEW A5__________ Actual as flowed__________


% Change in A5__________ =

Actual as flowed - NEW A4


NEW A4

Actual as flowed - NEW A6


NEW A6

x 100

From Fig. 804, determine the effect the % change in vane-ring flow areas
will have on NH and NL:
NH:
(NH for % Change A4) + (NH for % Change A5) = __________ RPM
NL:
(NL for % Change A5) + (NL for % Change A6) = __________RPM

Determine if NH and NL are within limits (Ref. Step (j)):


v TARGET NH/RTH (Step (j)) + NH = __________RPM
v TARGET NL/RTH (Step (j)) + NL = __________RPM

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 821
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Ensure NH/NL ratio is 1.182 Min.


NOTE:

(4)

Use rpm when calculating the NH/NL ratio.

Vane-ring Class Re-matching After Test (If Required)


(a) This procedure allows for more accurate calculation and adjustment of
vane-ring flow classes if NL or NH are found to be outside limits during test.
1

Determine baseline for A4, A5, A6, NH, NL and target NH and NL:
ACTUAL installed A4_____ ACTUAL NH/RTH_____TARGET NH/RTH_____
ACTUAL installed A6_____ ACTUAL NL/RTH_____TARGET
NL/RTH_____
ACTUAL installed A5_____

Find A4 to adjust NH as follows:


(TARGET NH/RTH) - (ACTUAL NH/RTH) = NH:__________ RPM
From Fig. 804, find required A4% to effect NH required...........
A4:__________ %
A4 required is defined as:
(ACTUAL A4 + (ACTUAL A4 x

A4
100 ))

= CALCULATED A4:__________

MAXIMUM A4 obtainable (Ref. Note 2):__________


Use lowest flow obtainable between CALCULATED A4 and MAXIMUM A4
as
REQUIRED A4:__________
NOTE: 1. If MAXIMUM A4 is lower than CALCULATED A4, A5 must be
changed to adjust NH by performing Step 3. If CALCULATED
A4 is lower than MAXIMUM A4, go directly to Step 4.
NOTE: 2. MAXIMUM A4 obtainable is the flow area of the highest class
HP vane segments sold by P&WC (Ref. Table 803).
3

Determine the following:


a

CALCULATED A4 (Step 2):__________ MAXIMUM A4:__________


% Difference in A4:_____ =

CALCULATED A4 - MAXIMUM A4
CALCULATED A4

x 100

From Fig. 804, determine RPM in NH from % difference in A4:


NH:__________ RPM

From Fig. 804, determine A5% to compensate for difference in NH


(Step b):

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 822
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

A5:__________ %
d

New A5 required:
(ACTUAL A5 + (ACTUAL A5 x
NOTE:

A5%
100 )

= REQUIRED A5:__________

If REQUIRED A5 is lower than minimum recommended A5


(Ref. Table 801), contact Pratt & Whitney Canada, Technical
Support.

From Fig. 804, determine RPM in NL from % change in A5 (Step c):


NL:__________ RPM

Calculate new NL as follows:


NL + ACTUAL NL/RTH = __________ NEW NL/RTH

Find new A6 to compensate and adjust NL as follows:


(TARGET NL/RTH) - (ACTUAL NL/RTH) = NL:__________ RPM
From Fig. 804, find required A6% to effect NL required...........
A6:___________ %
New A6 required:
(ACTUAL A6 + (ACTUAL A6 x
in2
NOTE:

A6%
100 )

= REQUIRED A6:_________ 0.15

If Step 3 was performed, use NEW NL/RTH in place of ACTUAL


NL/RTH (Step 1).

Select vane rings and flow-check as follows:


REQUIRED A4 (HP Vane) (Step 2):__________
ACTUAL as flowed:__________
REQUIRED A5 (LP Vane) (Step 3):__________
ACTUAL as flowed:__________
REQUIRED A6 (1st PT Vane) (Step 4):__________
ACTUAL as flowed:__________
NOTE:

If a new A5 was not calculated in Step 3, use ACTUAL A5


installed (Step 1).

Evaluate % difference in vane-ring flow areas to determine if NH and NL


speeds are still within test acceptance limits, using values in Step 5:
a

Required A4, A5, A6


REQUIRED A4__________ Actual as flowed__________

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 823
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

% Change in A4_____ =

Actual as flowed - REQUIRED A4


REQUIRED A4

x 100

REQUIRED A5__________ Actual as flowed__________


% Change in A5_____ =

Actual as flowed - REQUIRED A5


REQUIRED A5

x 100

REQUIRED A6__________ Actual as flowed__________


% Change in A6_____ =
b

Actual as flowed - REQUIRED A6


REQUIRED A6

x 100

From Fig. 804, determine the effect the % change in vane-ring flow
areas will have on NH and NL:
NH:
(NH for % Change A4) + (NH for % Change A5) =__________
RPM
NL:
(NL for % Change A5) + (NL for % Change A6) =__________
RPM

Determine if NH and NL are within limits (Ref. step (j)).


TARGET NH/RTH (Step (j)) + NH =__________ RPM
TARGET NL/RTH (Step (j)) + NL =__________ RPM

Ensure NH/NL ratio is 1.182 Min.


NOTE:

7.

Use rpm when calculating the NH/NL ratio.

Replacement of HP Turbine Vane Ring Segments


A.

General
(1)

If vane class combination, listed in Table 803, to give required flow area is not
available, flow area can be produced using a different class combination. Use
the following formula to define number and class of vanes required to produce
specific flow areas.

(2)

Triple Segment Vanes


VANE CLASS

FLOW AREA PER


TRIPLE SEGMENT

0230
0265
0290
0310

0.941
0.987
1.046
1.106

(a) Vane classes may be combined to produce specific areas as follows:


e.g., a flow area of 7.97 0.05 is required using a mixture of class 0230, 0265
and 0290 vanes.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 824
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Class 0230..................2 x 0.941 = 1.882


Class 0265....................3 x 0.987 = 2.961
Class 0290....................3 x 1.046 = 3.138
Total flow area for 8 segments = 1.882 + 2.961 + 3.138 = 7.981
Various vane class combinations can be used to obtain same flow area using
the above formula.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 825
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 803, High Pressure Turbine (Triple) SegmentVane Class Mix Required To Produce
Specific Flow Areas
CLASS

0230

0265

0290

0310

FLOW
AREA
7.53

7.57

7.62

7.67

7.71

7.76

7.80

7.85

7.90

7.96

8.01

8.07

8.13

8.19

8.25

8.31

8.37

8.43

8.49

8.55

8.61

8.67

8.73

8.79

8.85

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 826
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

B.

Disassembly
(1)

Using layout dye (PWC05-002), add an alignment mark to the cooling air nozzle
housing opposite a vane ring segment airfoil trailing edge. Identify the segment as
No. 1 and mark clockwise the remaining segments 2 to 8.
NOTE:

C.

During normal engine running, combustion chamber exit temperature


varies circumferentially. Vane ring segments located in high temperature
zones of the gas stream deteriorate more rapidly than those located in low
temperature zones. To maximize vane segment life, segments should
be marked to identify the location before disassembly. At assembly, new
segments are recommended to be installed in the locations where
unrepairable segments were located. Repaired segments should be
installed at locations where segments considered repairable were located.

(2)

Remove sealing ring (1, Fig. 805) and bolts (2).

(3)

Place assembly on base (PWC37850) and remove small exit duct (3), using a
suitable drift.

(4)

Turn assembly over and, using a suitable drift, remove outer support housing (4),
nozzle housing (5) and inner support housing (6).

(5)

Remove vane ring segments (7) and feather seals (8).

Assembly
CAUTION: BEFORE ASSEMBLY, ENSURE NEW COMPONENTS ARE TO THE
CORRECT SB STANDARD AND FULLY INTERCHANGEABLE WITH
THOSE REPLACED.
(1)

If required, freeze nozzle housing (5) to -40C (-40F) for 15 minutes minimum.

(2)

Install inner support housing (6) on base (PWC37852).

CAUTION: TO COMPENSATE FOR COLD END DETERIORATION AND COMPONENT


CHANGES DUE TO INCORPORATION OF SERVICE BULLETINS,
REVIEW VANE-RING FLOW AREA (REF. PARA. 6.).
CAUTION: IDENTIFY REPLACEMENT SEGMENTS WITH SAME LOCATION
NUMBER AS THOSE REPLACED AND INSTALL IN SAME POSITION.
(3)

Install vane-ring segments (7) (No. 1 TDC and remaining 8 to 2 counterclockwise)


and feather seals (8).
NOTE:

(4)

Use grease (PWC04-001) to secure the last two seals in position.

Install nozzle housing (5), ensuring lugs on nozzle assembly are not aligned with
lugs on inner support housing. Rotate vanes until airfoil trailing edge of vane
marked No. 1 is opposite mark on cooling air nozzle housing. Install nozzle housing
using a teflon drift.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 827
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

3
6

4
1

C17592
HP Turbine Vane Ring Segments - Assembly/Disassembly
Figure 805

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 828
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 805


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Sealing Ring
Bolt
Small Exit Duct
Outer Support Housing
Nozzle Housing
Inner Support Housing
Vane Ring Segments
Feather Seals

(5)

Position vanes equidistant from one another and install outer support housing (4),
aligning offset hole with one in nozzle housing.

(6)

Install 16 brass shims (0.010 in. (0.254 mm)) between inner and outer vane
platforms to check minimum clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1804). Remove shims.

(7)

Install 16 brass shims (0.018 in. (0.457 mm)) between inner and outer platforms to
check maximum clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1804). Remove shims.

(8)

Apply two turns of tape (PWC05-070) to outer edge of vane segments.

WARNING:

(9)

Remove tape and clean up surface, using solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner


(PWC11-031).
NOTE:

(10)

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR


CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS
INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE,
EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS
FOR SAFE HANDLING, USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Tergit (PWC11-031) is recommended to be used as an alternative to


petroleum solvent when the use of this product is restricted by local
environmental and/or health legislation.

Install nozzle housing (5) and bolts (2). Torque bolts 20 to 26 lb.in. (2.26-2.94 Nm).
Secure bolts in pairs, using lockwire (PWC05-089).
NOTE: 1. Do not use engine oil to lubricate bolt threads, which are silver-plated.
NOTE: 2. Before installation, P&WC recommends that the HP turbine vane assembly
is checked in a flow rig to verify the vane area is the correct area
required for engine build. Repaired and used vane segments frequently
flow differently from new production segments.

(11)

Using feeler gage, check clearance between small exit duct and nozzle housing
(F & C REF. NO. 1361).

(12)

Install sealing ring (1).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 829
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

8.

Removal/Installation of No. 6 Bearing Inner Race and Rotor Air Seal from/on LP Turbines
A.

Removal
CAUTION: HANDLING OF BEARINGS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. WEAR
SYNTHETIC RUBBER OR NYLON MESH GLOVES WITH POLYETHYLENE
PALMS AND FINGERS. WHEN RUBBER OR NYLON GLOVES ARE
NOT AVAILABLE, COTTON GLOVES MAY BE WORN IF THEY ARE
CHANGED FREQUENTLY TO ENSURE THE FABRIC DOES NOT BECOME
IMPREGNATED WITH SWEAT. REFER TO 72-00-00, MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(1)

Remove No. 6 bearing inner race and rotor air seal using pad (PWC38308), puller
(PWC38309), cylinder (PWC32506) and pump (PWC37807).
NOTE:

B.

Installation
(1)

Heat rotor air seal in oven at 149 6C (300 10F) for 15 minutes minimum.
NOTE:

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun, noting heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the seal. Sufficient time must be taken to
ensure the complete seal is heated, thereby ensuring distortion does not
occur.

(2)

Align V-mark on seal with X-mark on turbine disk within 5 degrees. Install on
turbine disk using drift (PWC37310).

(3)

Heat No. 6 bearing inner race in oil (PWC03-001) at 115 5C (239 10F) or in a
bearing oven at 135 14C (275 25F) for 60 minutes (1 hour) minimum.
NOTE:

(4)

9.

No. 6 bearing inner and outer races can be replaced only as a set. This
can be done without rebalancing.

Ensure a thin layer of engine oil (PWC03-001) covers bearings before they
are heated in an oven.

Aligning V-mark with X-mark on disk assembly within 5 degrees, install No. 6
bearing inner race using drift (PWC37310). Allow race to cool and visually
inspect. Reject complete bearing if race is cracked.

High and Low Pressure Turbine Shrouds - Grinding


A.

General
NOTE:
(1)

An alternate grinding procedure using a vertical grinder and grinding fixture


(PWC37586) is detailed in the Overhaul Manual.

LP and HP turbine shrouds are ground using different datums (No. 7 bearing air
seal and the inner diameter of flange K respectively). In addition, LP shrouds are
ground concentric and then 0.004 in. (0.101 mm) offset at the bottom. The offset
requirement and different datums dictate the assembly, positioning and grinding
procedures summarized below.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 830
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(a) Subpara. B., Steps (1) to (9) Inclusive


Assembly procedure including methods used to establish LP and HP shroud
classes required to give correct grinding allowance.
(b) Subpara. B., Step (10)
Assembly procedure using No. 7 bearing air seal to centralize the LP shrouds
and the initial concentric and offset grinding procedures.
(c) Subpara. B., Step (11)
Assembly procedure using the inner diameter of flange K to centralize the
turbine support case together with the HP shroud grinding procedure.
B.

Procedure Using Portable Grinding Fixture (PWC37919)


(1)

If required, reposition plate (PWC37736) (1, Fig. 806) on grinding fixture


(PWC37919) (2) as follows:
(a) Loosen capscrews (3) securing plate to fixture.
(b) Align hole marked NOMINAL on plate with associated hole in fixture and install
pin (PWC37919-29) (4).
(c) Tighten capscrews.

(2)

Align offset hole with pin in fixture and install turbine support case (5).

(3)

Install capscrews (6). Do not tighten.

(4)

Install centering support (PWC37914) (7).

(5)

Centralize turbine support case within 0.0005 in. (0.0127 mm) FIR using centering
support (Ref. Fig. 807). Tighten capscrews (6, Fig. 806). Remove centering
support.

(6)

Establish HP turbine shroud segment class required as follows (Ref. Fig. 810 and
Table 804):
(a) Measure average diameter of HP turbine disk assembly using gage
(PWC54020):
1

Pre-SB21588/SB21652
Dim. A (inches) =
Dim. A (mm) =

10.420 - (HP turbine disk assy Dia. + 0.044)


2

264.668 - (HP turbine disk assy Dia. + 1.117)


2

Post-SB21588/SB21652
Dim. A (inches) =
Dim. A (mm) =

10.456 - (HP turbine disk assy Dia. + 0.044)


2

265.558 - (HP turbine disk assy Dia. + 1.117)


2

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 831
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

12
11
10
7
8

6
1
4
3
2

C11222C
LP and HP Turbine Shroud Diameter - Gaging and Grinding
Figure 806

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 832
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 806


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Plate
Grinding Fixture
Capscrew
Pin
Turbine Support Case
Capscrew
Centering Support
Shroud Gage
Grinding Wheel
Grinder
Case Locator
Centering Fixture

(b) Determine segment class required (Ref. Table 804).


TABLE 804, HP Turbine Shroud Classes (Ref. Fig. 810)
CLASS

DIMENSION A in. (mm)

Pre-SB21588/SB21652
5

over 0.238 - 0.242 (6.045- 6.147)

over 0.242 - 0.246 (6.147 - 6.248)

over 0.246 - 0.250 (6.248 - 6.350)

over 0.250 - 0.254 (6.350 - 6.542)

over 0.254 - 0.258 (6.542 - 6.553)

10

over 0.258 - 0.262 (6.553 - 6.655)

11

over 0.262 - 0.264 (6.655 - 6.756)

12

over 0.266 - 0.270 (6.756 - 6.858)

13

over 0.270 - 0.274 (6.858 - 6.960)

14

over 0.274 - 0.278 (6.960 - 7.061)

15

over 0.278 - 0.282 (7.061 - 7.163)

Post-SB21588/SB21652

(7)

over 0.260 - 0.264 (6.604 - 6.705)

over 0.264 - 0.268 (6.705 - 6.807)

over 0.268 - 0.272 (6.807 - 6.908)

over 0.272 - 0.276 (6.908 - 7.010)

10

over 0.276 - 0.280 (7.010 - 7.112)

Install HP shroud segments as follows:

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 833
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBINE SUPPORT HOUSING

CENTRALIZE CASE USING


THIS SURFACE
DOWEL PIN

C11789A
HP Turbine Shroud Segment Support - Centralizing Datum Surface
Figure 807

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 834
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(a) Pre-SB21588/SB21652
1

Install HP shroud segments (6, Fig. 808) in turbine support housing (Ref.
Fig. 811), with No. 1 segment center slot aligned with hole on RH side of
dowel and segments No. 2 to 14 installed clockwise. Using feeler gages
check gap between segments (F & C REF. NO. 1806).

Set dial test indicator (DTI) to zero in gage master at radius dimension for
HP shroud; install gage (PWC37980) (8, Fig. 806) in fixture.

Calculate tip clearances in 14 positions adjacent to joints as follows:


turbine disk assy dia.
2

Tip clearance = shroud segment radius 4

If necessary, replace segments with others having a different class until the
required tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.558 mm) (which provides an adequate
grinding allowance), is obtained.

Check runout of shroud segments as follows:


a

Set dial test indicator (DTI) of gage (PWC37980) (8) to zero at radius
dimension for HP Shroud.

Install gage (PWC37980) in fixture (PWC37919) (2).

Check that runout is within 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) FIR.


NOTE: 1. If required, use different segments to bring runout and taper
within 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) FIR.
NOTE: 2. Ensure tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.558 mm) is maintained
if segments are changed.

d
6

New shroud segments must be numbered according to position and


number marked by vibropeen (Ref. Fig. 810).

Install holder (PWC38217) (5, Fig. 808).

(b) Post-SB21588/SB21652 (Ref. Fig. 809)


1

Apply two layers of tape (PWC05-253) on turbine support case as shown


(Ref. Section B-B)

Install the first shroud segment (2) with its center over shroud anti-rotation
pin (5) at the right of TDC.

Install remaining segments counterclockwise.

Set dial test indicator (DTI) of gage (PWC37980) (8, Fig. 806) to zero at
radius dimension for HP shrouds. Install gage (PWC37980) (8) in fixture
(PWC37919) (2).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 835
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Calculate tip clearances in 14 positions adjacent to joints as follows:


Tip clearance = shroud segment radius -

turbine disk assy dia.


2

If necessary, replace segments with others having a different class until the
required tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.558 mm) is obtained.

Check runout of shroud segments as follows:


a

Set dial test indicator (DTI) of gage (PWC37980) (8) to zero at radius
dimension for HP shroud.

Install gage (PWC37980) in fixture (PWC37919) (2).

Check that runout is within 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) FIR.


NOTE: 1. If required, use different segments to bring runout and taper
within 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) FIR.
NOTE: 2. Ensure tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.558 mm) is maintained
if segments are changed.

Using vibropeen, mark shroud segments according to position. No. 1 is


positioned to the right of TDC and Nos. 2 to 14 located counterclockwise.

Lightly lubricate the retaining wire with engine oil (PWC03-001).

10

Install retaining wires (3, 4, Fig. 809) as follows:


a

Lightly lubricate the retaining wire with engine oil (PWC03-001).

CAUTION: THE END OF THE RETAINING WIRES WILL OVERLAP AT


TDC AND BDC. DO NOT REMOVE EXCESS WIRE UNTIL
AFTER THE SHROUD SEGMENTS HAVE BEEN GROUND,
REMOVED, CLEANED AND REINSTALLED.

(8)

Install retaining wire (3) in the groove in the turbine support case
starting at TDC in a clockwise direction making sure the wire
passes behind all seven shroud segments.

Install retaining wire (4) in the groove in the turbine support case
starting at BDC in a clockwise direction making sure the wire
passes behind all seven shroud segments.

Using feeler gages to check gap between segments (F & C REF. NO.
1806).

Establish LP turbine shroud segment class required as follows (Ref. Fig. 810 and
Table):
(a) Determine segment class required (Ref. Table 805).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 836
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TABLE 805, LP Turbine Shroud Classes (Ref. Fig. 810)

(9)

CLASS

DIMENSION A in. (mm)

0.332 - 0.336 (8.433 - 8.534)

over 0.336 - 0.340 (8.534 - 8.636)

10

over 0.340 - 0.344 (8.636 - 8.738)

11

over 0.344 - 0.348 (8.738 - 8.839)

12

over 0.348 - 0.352 (8.839 - 8.941)

13

over 0.352 - 0.356 (8.941 - 9.042)

14

over 0.356 - 0.360 (9.042 - 9.144)

15

over 0.360 - 0.364 (9.144 - 9.246)

16

over 0.364 - 0.368 (9.246 - 9.347)

17

over 0.368 - 0.372 (9.347 - 9.449)

18

over 0.372 - 0.376 (9.449 - 9.550)

19

over 0.376 - 0.380 (9.550 - 9.652)

Install LP shroud segments in housing as follows:


(a) Place LP turbine housing (4, Fig. 808) on bench.
(b) Using a teflon drift, install LP turbine shrouds (3) (Ref. Fig. 811) with No. 1
segment center slot aligned with hole on RH side of dowel and No. 2
through 14 segments installed clockwise. Using feeler gages check gap
between segments (F & C REF. NO. 1805).
(c) Heat associated turbine support case flange area using a heat gun for ten
minutes minimum, then align dowel pin with hole and, using guide pins
(0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread), install LP turbine housing (4, Fig. 808) in turbine
support case, ensuring LP stator lugs engage in slots.

(10)

Grind LP shroud segments as follows:


(a) Initial grinding
1

Install centering support (PWC37914) (7, Fig. 806).


NOTE:

Remove locking knob and bar carrying DTI to ensure interference


does not occur with adjacent parts.

Install guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread) and heat turbine housing (4,
Fig. 808) 10 minutes minimum using heat gun. Using dry ice (PWC05-102),
cool outer flange area of turbine interstage case.

Align dowel hole and install turbine interstage case and associated parts
(7), six washers (8) (MS9320-09) and bolts (9) (MS9696-09). Torque
bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 837
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

TURBINE SUPPORT CASE

6
5
4
2
1

8
9

10
3

C27068

Pre-SB21588/SB21652
HP and LP Turbine Shrouds - Installation for Grinding
Figure 808

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 838
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 808


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Bolts
Adapter
LP Shroud Segments
Turbine Housing
Holder (Pre-SB21588/SB21652)
HP Shroud Segments (Pre-SB21588/SB21652)
Turbine Interstage Case and Associated Parts
Washer
Bolt
No. 6 and 7 Bearing Housing (Ref.)

Slacken capscrews (6, Fig. 806) to loosen turbine support case on


fixture.

Install case centering locator (PWC37913) (11). If required, reposition case


to ensure locator is seated correctly on centering support (7).

Install dial indicator on centering fixture (PWC37911) (12).

Remove locator and install centering fixture (PWC37911) (12).

CAUTION: ENSURE PIN (PWC37919-29) IS INSTALLED IN HOLE


MARKED NOMINAL.
8

Centralize turbine support case within 0.0005 in. (0.0127 mm) FIR (Ref.
Fig. 812) and tighten capscrews (6, Fig. 806).

Remove centering fixture (12), bolts (9, Fig. 808) and washers (8).

10

Remove turbine interstage case and associated parts (7) using jackscrews
(PWC32396).

11

Remove centering support (7, Fig. 806).

12

Install adapter (PWC38231) (2, Fig. 808) and bolts (1). Torque bolts 36 to
40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm).

13

Check LP turbine tip clearance as follows:


a

Measure average diameter of LP turbine disk assembly using gage


(PWC38487).

Set DTI to zero in gage master at radius dimension for LP shroud.

Install gage (PWC37980) (8, Fig. 806) in fixture (2).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 839
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

APPLY TWO
LAYERS OF MASKING
TAPE
FEED RETAINING WIRE
THROUGH GROOVE
ON T.S.C.
SECTION BB
2
WITHOUT RETAINING
WIRES INSTALLED
SECTION EE SIMILAR

F & C REF. NO.


1806 (14 PLACES)

#2

DETAIL C
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED BEFORE BENDING
DETAIL F SIMILAR

#3

#1

#14
#13

#4
1

#12

#5

#6

#11

#7

#10

E
#8

FWD

#9

VIEW A
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED BEFORE BENDING

C68538

Post-SB21588/SB21652
HP Turbine Shroud Segments - Installation
Figure 809 (Sheet 1 of 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 840
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 809


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turbine Support Case


HP Turbine Shroud Segments
Retaining Wire
Retaining Wire
Anti-rotation Pin

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 841
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

5
3

2011

SCALLOP
EDGE
2012

SECTION EE
WITH RETAINING WIRE
INSTALLED AND BENT
SECTION GG SIMILAR

DETAIL D
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT
DETAIL F SIMILAR
#2
#3

#1

#14
#13

#4

#12

#5

#6

#11

#7

#10

G
#8

#9

FWD
1

VIEW A
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT

C68539

Post-SB21588/SB21652
HP Turbine Shroud Segments - Installation
Figure 809 (Sheet 2)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 842
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

MARK
LOCATION
NUMBER
HERE

DO NOT GRIND BELOW THIS SURFACE

MARK
LOCATION
NUMBER
HERE

DO NOT GRIND BELOW THIS SURFACE

HIGH PRESSURE TURBINE SHROUD (POSTSB21588)

C68923
Typical HP and LP Turbine Shroud Segment - Dimension A
Figure 810

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 843
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C11594

Pre-SB21588
Installation of HP and LP Turbine Shroud Segments
Figure 811

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 844
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Check LP shroud radius dimension adjacent to joints (14 places),


using gage DTI.
Tip clearance = shroud radius -

e
14

turbine average diameter


2

If necessary, replace segments with others having a different class


until required tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.558 mm) is obtained.

Check that concentricity is within 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) FIR.


NOTE: 1. If required, use different segments to bring concentricity within
0.005 in. (0.127 mm).
NOTE: 2. Ensure tip clearance of 0.022 in. (0.558 mm) is maintained if
segments are changed.

15

Shroud segments must be numbered according to position and number


marked (by vibropeen) (Ref. Fig. 810). Marking to be done in groove.

16

Install grinding wheel (PWC37528) (9) on grinder (PWC37918) (10).

17

Remove gage and install grinder (PWC37918) (10) on fixture. Connect


compressed air line to grinder and dress grinding wheel using dresser
(PWC37917) to ensure a clean and even contact surface.

18

Position wheel adjacent to LP shroud.

19

Rotate grinder around shroud, gradually turning radial adjustment until


grinding wheel makes light contact with thickest segment area. Back-off
radial adjustment one complete turn.

20

Operate grinding wheel.

CAUTION: TO OBTAIN GOOD RESULTS, GRINDER MUST BE ROTATED


SLOWLY AND ADJUSTED IN SMALL INCREMENTS TO AVOID
EXCESSIVE REMOVAL OF MATERIAL IN ONE PASS.
DRESS WHEEL AT FREQUENT INTERVALS.
21

Rotate grinder and slowly turn radial vernier adjustment one complete turn
until wheel contacts high spots. Continue rotating grinder until high spots
are removed.
NOTE:

On pronounced high spots, oscillate grinder through an arc of 40


to 50 degrees before continuing with normal rotation in one
direction.

22

Continue rotating grinder and adjust radial vernier until wheel just contacts
segments. Rotate grinder several times before making further adjustments
to radial vernier.

23

Repeat grinding operation until required amount of material is removed,


ensuring grinding limit is not exceeded (Ref. Fig. 810)

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 845
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
2

CENTRALIZE CASE USING


THIS SURFACE

C12542
LP Turbine Shroud Grinding - Centralizing Turbine Support Case
Figure 812

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 846
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 812


1.
2.

Turbine Support Case (Ref.)


No. 6 and 7 Bearing Housing (Ref.)

24

Disconnect air line and remove grinder (10, Fig. 806).

25

Check LP turbine tip clearance and shroud segment runout as follows:


NOTE:

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits


and Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine
performance.

Set DTI to zero in gage master at radius dimension for LP shroud.

Install gage (PWC37980) (8) in fixture (2).

Check that LP shroud runout and taper do not exceed 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm) FIR.

Check LP shroud segment radius diameter adjacent to joints (14


places), using gage DTI.
Tip clearance = shroud radius -

turbine average diameter


2

Replace and/or grind shrouds if clearance is outside limits (F & C


REF. NO. 1382).

Remove gage.

(b) Offset grinding


1

Install grinder (PWC37918) (10) on fixture.

Connect compressed air line to grinder and dress grinding wheel, using
dresser (PWC37917), to ensure a clean and even contact surface.

Position grinding wheel adjacent to the LP shrouds.

Rotate grinder around shroud, gradually turning radial adjustment until


grinding wheel makes light contact with shroud. Continue rotating grinder to
ensure contact is made over full circumference of shroud.

Position grinding wheel adjacent to hole marked NOMINAL in plate (1).

Back-off grinding wheel radial vernier adjustment 0.004 in. (0.102 mm).

Remove pin (4); slacken capscrews (3).

Align hole marked 0.004 OFFSET on plate with associated hole in fixture,
and install pin (4).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 847
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Tighten capscrews (3).

10

Operate grinding wheel.

CAUTION: TO OBTAIN GOOD RESULTS, GRINDER SHOULD BE


ROTATED SLOWLY AND ADJUSTED IN SMALL INCREMENTS
TO AVOID EXCESSIVE REMOVAL OF MATERIAL IN ONE
PASS.

(11)

11

Rotate grinder one full pass around shroud.

12

Turn radial vernier adjustment 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) and repeat pass
around shroud.

13

Adjust vernier and repeat passes until 0.004 in. (0.102 mm) of material is
removed from bottom of shroud.

14

Disconnect air line and remove grinder from fixture.

15

Using internal micrometer, check that ovality is 0.004 in. (0.102 mm).

Grind HP shrouds as follows:


(a) Remove turbine support case assembly (5) from fixture (PWC37919) (2).
(b) Remove pin (PWC37919-29) (4) and plate (PWC37736) (1).
(c) Install support (PWC38589) (3, Fig. 813) and adapter (PWC37990) (1) on
fixture (2). Do not tighten capscrews (4).
(d) Align hole marked NOMINAL on support with associated hole in fixture and
install pin (PWC37919-29) (5).
(e) Tighten capscrews (4).
(f)

Align offset hole with pin on support (3) and install turbine support case and
associated parts (6).

(g) Install washers (7) and capscrews (8). Do not tighten capscrews.
(h) Install gage assembly (PWC38291) (9).
(i)

Using gage assembly (PWC38291) (2, Fig. 814) centralize turbine support
case and associated parts (3) within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR.

(j)

Tighten capscrews (8, Fig. 813).

(k) Remove gage assembly (9) and install adapter (PWC38290) (10).
(l)

Install grinding wheel (PWC37528) (11) on grinder (PWC37918) (12).

(m) Install grinder on fixture. Connect compressed air line to grinder and dress
grinding wheel using dresser (PWC37917) to ensure a clean and even
surface.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 848
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(n) Position wheel adjacent to HP shroud.


(o) Rotate grinder around shroud, gradually turning radial adjustment until grinding
wheel makes light contact with thickest segment area. Back-off radial
adjustment one complete turn.
(p) Operate grinding wheel.
CAUTION: TO OBTAIN GOOD RESULTS, GRINDER MUST BE ROTATED
SLOWLY AND ADJUSTED IN SMALL INCREMENTS TO AVOID
EXCESSIVE REMOVAL OF MATERIAL IN ONE PASS. DRESS WHEEL
AT FREQUENT INTERVALS.
(q) Rotate grinder and, slowly, turn radial vernier adjustment one complete turn
until wheel contacts high spots. Continue rotating grinder until high spots are
removed.
NOTE:
(r)

On pronounced high spots, oscillate grinder through an arc of 40 to 50


degrees before continuing with normal rotation in one direction.

Continue rotating grinder and adjust radial vernier until wheel just contacts
segments. Rotate grinder several times before making further adjustments
to radial vernier.

(s) Repeat grinding operation until required amount of material is removed,


ensuring grinding limit is not exceeded (Ref. Fig. 810).
(t)

Disconnect air line and remove grinder.

(u) Check HP turbine tip clearance and shroud segment runout as follows:
NOTE:

Tip clearances greater or smaller than those specified in Fits and


Clearances may have an adverse effect on engine performance.

Set DTI to zero in gage master at radius dimension for HP shroud.

Install gage (PWC37980) (13, Fig. 813) in fixture.

Check that HP shroud runout and taper do not exceed 0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
FIR.

Check HP shroud segment radius diameter adjacent to joints (14 places),


using gage DTI.
Tip clearance = shroud radius -

(12)

turbine average diameter


2

Replace and/or grind shrouds if clearance is outside limits (F & C REF. NO.
1092).

Remove gage and adapter.

Remove turbine support case and associated parts (6) from fixture (2).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 849
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

9
12
8

7
13

11
6
5

10

C18133
HP Turbine Shroud - Grinding
Figure 813

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 850
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 813


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
(13)

Grinding Adapter
Fixture
Case Support
Capscrew
Pin
Turbine Support Case and Associated Parts
Washer
Capscrew
Gage Assembly
Adapter
Grinding Wheel
Grinder
Gage Assembly

Remove HP turbine shroud segments as follows:


(a) Pre-SB21588/SB21652
1

Remove slave bolts (1, Fig. 808), adapter (PWC38231) (2), turbine
housing (4), using jackscrews (PWC32396).

Remove holder (PWC38217) (5).

Remove LP turbine shroud segments (3) from LP turbine housing (4) and
using a soft hammer and teflon drift, remove HP turbine shroud segments
(6) from turbine support case (1).

(b) Post-SB21588/SB21652
1

Remove LP turbine shroud segments (3, Fig. 808) from LP turbine housing
(4) and if necessary, number according to position, segment No. 1 is at
TDC (Ref. Fig. 811) and Segments 2 to 14 clockwise. Marking to be done
in groove (Ref. Fig. 810).

Using lever (PWC56367) remove retaining wires (3, 4, Fig 815).

Remove HP turbine shroud segments (2) and if necessary, number


according to position, Segment No. 1 is installed with its center over shroud
anti-rotation pin (5, Fig. 809) and Segments 2 to 14 counterclockwise.
Marking to be done in groove (Ref. Fig. 810).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 851
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C18134
Turbine Support Case - Centralizing Datum Surface
Figure 814

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 852
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 814


1.
2.
3.
4.
WARNING:

(14)

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS


FOR CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS
INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE,
EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR
SAFE HANDLING, USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Clean all components, using solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).


NOTE:

(15)

Grinding Adapter (Ref.)


Gage Assembly
Turbine Support Case and Associated Parts
Support (Ref.)

Tergit (PWC11-031) is recommended to be used as an alternative to


petroleum solvent when the use of this product is restricted by local
environmental and/or health legislation.

Install HP shroud segments as follows:


(a) Pre-SB21588/SB21652 (Ref. Fig. 808)
1

Install HP shroud segments (6) in turbine support case with segment No. 1
center slot aligned with hole on RH side of dowel and segments No. 2
through 14 installed clockwise (Ref. Fig. 811).

Use feeler gages to check gap between segments (F & C REF. NO. 1806).

(b) Post-SB21588/SB21652 (Ref. Fig. 809)


1

Install the first shroud segment (2) with its center over shroud anti-rotation
pin (5) at the right of TDC.

Install remaining segments counterclockwise (Ref. View A).

Lightly lubricate the retaining wire with engine oil (PWC03-001).

Install retaining wires (3, 4, Fig. 809) as follows:


a

Using a minimal amount of engine oil (PWC03-001), lubricate retaining


wires (3, 4).

Install retaining wire (3) in the groove in the turbine support case
starting at TDC in a clockwise direction making sure the wire
passes behind all seven shroud segments.

Install retaining wire (4) in the groove in the turbine support case
starting at BDC in a clockwise direction making sure the wire
passes behind all seven shroud segments.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 853
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

1
2

SECTION EE
WITH RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT
SECTION GG SIMILAR
4
3

D
DETAIL D
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT
DETAIL F SIMILAR

#2
#3

#1

#14
#13

#4

#12

#5

A
#6

#11

#7

#10

G
#8

FWD

#9

VIEW A
SHOWING RETAINING WIRES
INSTALLED AND BENT

C68526

Post-SB21588/SB21652
High Pressure Turbine Shroud Segments - Removal
Figure 815

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 854
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 815


1.
2.
3.
4.
d

Use feeler gages to check gap between segments (F & C REF. NO.
1806).

Using pliers, bend the ends of retaining wire (3) against the scallops
of shroud segments numbers nine and one.

Using pliers, bend the ends of retaining wire (3) as shown on Detail D,
Sheet 2, Fig. 809.

Using pliers, bend the ends of retaining wire (4) against the scallops
of shroud segments numbers eight and two.

Using pliers, bend the ends of retaining wire (4) as shown on Detail D,
Sheet 2, Fig. 809.

Using cutter (PWC56365), remove excess wire (F & C REF. NO.


2011).

Using gage (PWC56341) and punch (PWC56366), position the four


ends of retaining wires (3, 4) as shown on Section E-E, Sheet 2,
Fig. 809 (F & C REF. NO. 2012).

WARNING:

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA


SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION
SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL
CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY,
HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING,
USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Remove tape (PWC05-068) from the turbine support case and clean up
surface using solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).
NOTE:

10.

Turbine Support Case Assembly


HP Turbine Shroud Segments
Retaining Wire
Retaining Wire

Tergit (PWC11-031) is recommended to be used as an alternative


to petroleum solvent when the use of this product is restricted by
local environmental and/or health legislation.

Low Pressure (LP) Stator Seal Diameters - Grinding and Machining


A.

General
NOTE:

An alternate grinding procedure using a vertical grinder is detailed in the


Overhaul Manual.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 855
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

(1)

The LP stator non-abradable seal is ground concentric with turbine support case
flange K inner diameter. The material of the abradable seal is toxic and must be
machined, not ground. Therefore, the stator is removed from the grinding fixture, and
the abradable seal machined concentric to the non-abradable seal in a lathe.
After machining, the stator is reinstalled in the fixture and the non-abradable seal
ground 0.009 in. (0.228 mm) offset at the bottom. The procedures used are
summarized as follows:
(a) Subpara. B., Steps (1) to (16) Inclusive
Assembly procedure using inner diameter of turbine support case flange K as a
datum and including a method to establish the non-abradable seal inner
diameter required to give the correct clearance with the HP turbine disk rear
cover plate.
(b) Subpara. B., Step (17) (b)
Procedure to grind the non-abradable seal concentric with flange K.
(c) Subpara. B., Step (17) (c)
Procedure to machine the abradable seal to give correct clearance with the
turbine interstage seal and concentric with the non-abradable seal.
(d) Subpara. B., Step (17) (d)
Procedure to grind non-abradable seal 0.009 in. (0.228 mm) offset at the
bottom.

B.

Procedure Using Portable Grinding Fixture (PWC37918)


(1)

Install HP turbine shroud segments as follows:


(a) Pre-SB21588/SB21652 (Ref. Fig. 816)
1

Install the HP segments (4) in the turbine support case (5). Install No. 1
segment with the slot aligned with the hole on RH side of the dowel pin
on the case. (Ref. Fig. 811)

Install the remaining segments (No. 2 thru 14) in the clockwise direction.

Use feeler gages to check the clearance between each segment (F & C
REF. NO. 1806).

(b) Post-SB21588/SB21652 (Ref. Fig. 809)


1

Apply two layers of tape (PWC05-253) on turbine support case as shown


(Ref. Section B-B)

Install the first shroud segment (2) with its center over shroud anti-rotation
pin (5) at the right of TDC.

Install remaining segments counterclockwise.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 856
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Lightly lubricate the retaining wire with engine oil (PWC03-001).

Install retaining wires (3, 4, Fig. 809) as follows:


a

Install retaining wire (3) in the groove in the turbine support case
starting at TDC in a clockwise direction making sure the wire
passes behind all seven shroud segments.

Install retaining wire (4) in the groove in the turbine support case
starting at BDC in a clockwise direction making sure the wire
passes behind all seven shroud segments.
NOTE:

c
(2)

The end of the retaining wires will overlap at TDC and BDC.
Do not cut or bend excess wire.

Use feeler gages to check gap between segments (F & C REF. NO.
1806).

Place LP turbine housing (2, Fig. 816) on bench. Align X-mark or XX mark
(repaired stator) on lug with hole at LH of dowel hole and install LP stator (3) in
housing. Rotate stator clockwise until lugs contact side of slots. Using feeler
gage, check minimum gap between lugs and opposite side of slots is 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm).

CAUTION: IF STATOR HAS BEEN REPAIRED (MARKED WITH AN XX), TURNING


STATOR 180 DEGREES IS NOT PERMITTED.
(3)

For LP stator (3) which has only one X-mark, sometimes difficulty is experienced
during installation. Turn stator 180 degrees and align alternate X-mark on lug with
hole at LH of dowel hole. If necessary, remove material from lugs to obtain minimum
gap. Using vibropeen, delete X-mark on lug not used for alignment.

(4)

Turn assembly over and, using appropriately sized packings or string, secure stator
to housing.

(5)

Heat associated turbine support case flange area, using a heat gun. Then align
dowel pin with hole and, using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A thread), install
turbine housing and stator assembly, ensuring LP turbine stator lugs engage in HP
shroud segment slots.

(6)

Install ten slave bolts (1) (0.190-32 UNJF-3A x 0.625) to secure turbine housing (2).
Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm). Remove string or packings.

(7)

Install grinding adapter (PWC37990) (1, Fig. 817) on fixture (PWC37919) (2).
Tighten capscrews (8).

(8)

Align slots and install support (PWC38589) (3).

(9)

Align hole marked NOMINAL on support with associated hole in fixture and install
pin (PWC37919-29) (4).

(10)

Install and tighten bolts (5).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 857
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

5
4

3
2

C16206
LP Turbine Stator - Installation for Non-abradable Seal Grinding
Figure 816

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 858
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 816


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Bolt
Turbine Housing
LP Stator
HP Shroud Segments (Pre-SB21588/SB21652)
Turbine Support Case

(11)

Install turbine support case and associated parts (6), washers (7) and capscrews (8).
Do not tighten capscrews.

(12)

Install centering gage assembly (PWC38291) (10). Tighten retaining bolts.

(13)

Using gage assembly (PWC38291) (2, Fig. 814), centralize turbine support case
and associated parts (3) within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR.

(14)

Tighten capscrews (8, Fig. 817) and remove gage assembly.

(15)

Install grinding adapter (PWC37994) (9). Tighten retaining capscrews (8).

(16)

Measure HP turbine disk rear cover plate seal diameter, using an external
micrometer. Calculate inner diameter required for LP stator sealing surface to give
correct clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1383).

(17)

Grind LP stator seal diameters as follows:


NOTE:

After grinding non-abradable seal concentric to give correct clearance


(Ref. step (b) following), the LP stator is removed from assembly and
abradable seal machined (Ref. step (c) following). The stator is then
reinstalled in turbine support case and non-abradable seal ground offset
(Ref. step (d) following).

(a) Non-abradable sealing surface


1

Install grinding wheel (PWC37839) (11) on grinder (PWC37918) (12).

Install grinder on fixture. Connect compressed air line to grinder and dress
grinding wheel using dresser (PWC37917) to ensure a clean and even
contact surface.

Position wheel adjacent to stator non-abradable sealing surface.

Rotate grinder around surface, gradually turning radial adjustment until


grinding wheel makes light contact with high spots. Back-off radial
adjustment one complete turn.

Operate grinding wheel.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 859
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C14001B
LP Turbine Stator - Non-abradable Seal Grinding
Figure 817

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 860
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 817


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Grinding Adapter
Fixture
Case Support
Pin
Bolt
Turbine Support Case and Associated Parts
Washer
Capscrew
Grinding Adapter
Centering Gage
Grinding Wheel
Grinder

CAUTION: TO OBTAIN GOOD RESULTS, GRINDER MUST BE ROTATED


SLOWLY AND ADJUSTED IN SMALL INCREMENTS TO AVOID
EXCESSIVE REMOVAL OF MATERIAL IN ONE PASS.
DRESS WHEEL AT FREQUENT INTERVALS.
6

Rotate grinder and, slowly, turn radial vernier adjustment one complete turn
until wheel contacts high spots. Continue rotating grinder until high spots
are removed.

Continue rotating grinder and adjust radial vernier until wheel just contacts
surface. Rotate grinder several times before making further adjustments to
radial vernier.

Repeat grinding operation until required amount of material is removed.

Disconnect air line and remove grinder.

10

Check that clearance between stator non-abradable sealing surface and


HP turbine rear cover plate is within limits (F & C REF. NO. 1383), using
internal and external micrometers.

11

Remove grinding adapter (9).

12

Remove capscrews (8), washers (7) and turbine support case and
associated parts (6).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 861
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

WARNING:

13

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA


SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION
SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL
CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY,
HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING,
USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Clean all components using solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).


NOTE:

Tergit (PWC11-031) is recommended to be used as an alternative


to petroleum solvent when the use of this product is restricted by
local environmental and/or health legislation.

(b) Non-abradable sealing surface


1

Install grinding wheel (PWC37839) (11, Fig. 817) on grinder (PWC37918)


(12).

Install grinder on fixture. Connect compressed air line to grinder and dress
grinding wheel using dresser (PWC37917) to ensure a clean and even
contact surface.

Using a feeler gage, position grinding wheel 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) from
highest rivet head (Ref. Fig. 818).

Rotate grinding wheel around stator to ensure there is no interference with


other rivets.

Lock grinding wheel in position to ensure it cannot move axially.

Position grinding wheel radially until it is adjacent to stator non-abradable


sealing Surface C.

Rotate grinder around surface, gradually turning radial adjustment until


grinding wheel makes light contact with high spots. Back off radial
adjustment one complete turn.

Operate grinding wheel.

CAUTION: TO OBTAIN GOOD RESULTS, GRINDER MUST BE ROTATED


SLOWLY AND ADJUSTED IN SMALL INCREMENTS TO AVOID
EXCESSIVE REMOVAL OF MATERIAL IN ONE PASS.
DRESS WHEEL AT FREQUENT INTERVALS. WHEEL MUST BE
DRESSED IMMEDIATELY BEFORE FINAL OPERATION.
9

Rotate grinder and slowly turn radial vernier adjustment one complete turn
until wheel contacts high spots. Continue rotating grinder until high spots
are removed.

10

Continue rotating grinder and adjust radial vernier until wheel just contacts
surface. Rotate grinder several times before making further adjustments to
radial vernier.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 862
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

SURFACE B

A
SURFACE C

BREAK EDGES
0.003 0.015 IN.
(0.076 0.381 mm)

D
0.020 IN. MAX.
(0.508 mm)
0.001 IN.
(0.025 mm)
VIEW

A
C22025

Second-stage Stator Non-abradable Seal - Machining


Figure 818

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 863
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

11

Repeat grinding operation until required amount of material is removed


from Surface C to give required clearance (Dia. D).

12

Break sharp edges 0.003 to 0.015 in. (0.076-0.381 mm).

13

Check radius does not exceed 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) maximum.

14

Disconnect air line and remove grinder.

15

Check clearance between stator non-abradable sealing surface and HP


turbine rear cover plate is within limits (F & C REF. NO. 1383), using
internal and external micrometers.

16

Remove grinding adapter (9, Fig. 817).

17

Remove capscrews (8), washers (7) and turbine support case and
associated parts (6).

18

Remove bolts (1, Fig. 816) and turbine housing (2) from turbine support
case (5) using jackscrews (PWC32396).

19

Remove LP stator (3).

20

Remove HP shroud segments (Ref. Para. 9.B., Step (13)).

WARNING:

21

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA


SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION
SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL
CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY,
HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING,
USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Clean all components, using solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).


NOTE:

Tergit (PWC11-031) is recommended to be used as an alternative


to petroleum solvent when the use of this product is restricted by
local environmental and/or health legislation.

(c) Abradable sealing surface


1

Determine Dim. a as follows (Ref. Fig. 819):


a

Measure Dim. a from lug to Surface B in 3 equispaced positions. If


required, machine Surface B to obtain an average dimension of
0.953 0.005 in. (24.206 0.127 mm). Record average dimension.

Install LP stator (2, Fig. 820) in holding fixture (PWC38101) (1).

Centralize Dia. I within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR, 4 places equispaced.
Secure stator with ring (4) and capscrews (5).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 864
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Using a micrometer, measure Dia. C and D of turbine interstage seal (3)


and calculate Dia. E and F required for LP stator abradable seal surfaces
to give correct clearance (F & C REF. NO. 1107).

Calculate Dim. g from Surface B as follows:


a

Use average Dim. a previously recorded (Ref. step 1).


Dim. a + 0.0375 = Dim. g 0.0075 in.
Example:
0.953 + 0.0375 = 0.9905 0.0075 in. or
24.206 + 0.952 = 25.158 0.190 mm

Calculate Dim. h from Surface B as follows:


a

Use Dim. a previously recorded (Ref. step 1).


Dim. a - 0.240 = Dim. h 0.005 in.
Example:
0.953 - 0.240 = 0.713 0.005 in. or
24.206 - 6.096 = 18.110 0.127 mm

WARNING:

ABRADABLE SEAL (NICKEL GRAPHITE) DUST IS TOXIC.


MASKS MUST BE WORN AND COOLANT USED TO SUPPRESS
DUST.

CAUTION: ABRADABLE SEALS MUST BE MACHINED. DO NOT GRIND.


7

Machine Dia. E to required dimensions (axial and radial), ensuring finished


diameter is within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR of Dia. I.
NOTE:

Machining of seal housing is permitted if necessary to obtain Dim.


g, providing dimension is not exceeded.

Machine Dia. F to required dimensions (axial and radial), ensuring finished


diameter is within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR of Dia. I.

(d) Non-abradable sealing surface (0.009 in. (0.228 mm) offset)


1

Place LP turbine housing (2, Fig. 816) on bench. Align X-mark on lug with
hole at LH of dowel hole and install LP turbine stator (3) in housing.

Turn assembly over and, using appropriately sized packings or string,


secure stator to housing.

Install HP turbine shroud segments (Ref. Subpara. B., Step (1)).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 865
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

LUG

SURFACE

C22026
Second-stage Stator Abradable Seal - Determining Datum Dimension
Figure 819

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 866
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Heat associated turbine support case flange area, using a heat gun. Then
align dowel pin with hole and, using guide pins (0.190-32 UNJF-3A
thread), install turbine housing and stator assembly, ensuring LP turbine
stator lugs engage in HP shroud segment slots.

Install ten slave bolts (1) (0.190-32 UNJF-3A x 0.625) to secure turbine
housing (2). Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. (4.07-4.52 Nm). Remove string
or packings.

Install grinding adapter (PWC37990) (1, Fig. 817) on fixture (PWC37919)


(2). Tighten capscrews.

Align slots and install support (PWC38589) (3).

Align hole marked NOMINAL on support with associated hole on fixture


and install pin (PWC37919-29) (4).

Install and tighten bolts (5).

10

Install turbine support case and associated parts (6), washers (7) and
capscrews (8). Do not tighten capscrews.

11

Install centering gage assembly (PWC38291) (10). Tighten retaining bolts.

12

Using gage assembly (PWC38291) (2, Fig. 814), centralize turbine


support case and associated parts within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) FIR.

13

Tighten capscrews (8, Fig. 817) and remove gage assembly.

14

Install grinding adapter (PWC37994) (9). Tighten retaining bolts.

15

Install grinding wheel (PWC37839) (11) on grinder (PWC37918) (12).

16

Install grinder. Tighten retaining bolts.

17

Connect compressed air line to grinder and dress grinding wheel to ensure
a clean and even contact surface, using dresser (PWC37917).

18

Position grinding wheel as follows ;


a

Using a feeler gage, position grinding wheel 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) from
highest rivet head (Ref. Fig. 818).

Rotate grinding wheel around stator to ensure there is no interference


with other rivets.

Lock grinding wheel in position to ensure it cannot move axially.

19

Position wheel adjacent to non-abradable seal.

20

Rotate grinder around seal, gradually turning radial adjustment until


grinding wheel makes light contact with seal. Continue rotating grinder to
ensure contact is made over full circumference of seal.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 867
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

SURFACE B

DIA.
DIA.

DIA.

DIA.

MINOR TOOL
MARKS ALLOWED
IN THIS AREA

J
DIA.

E
H

0.240 0.005 IN.


(6.096 0.127 mm)

G
VIEW

DIA.

0.045 IN. MAX.


(1.143 mm)

G
VIEW

J
C22027

LP Stator Abradable Seal Machining


Figure 820

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 868
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 820


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Fixture
Stator
Turbine Interstage Seal
Ring
Capscrew

21

Position grinding wheel adjacent to hole marked NOMINAL in support (3,


Fig. 817).

22

Back off radial vernier adjustment 0.009 in. (0.228 mm).

23

Remove pin (4); slacken bolts (5).

24

Align hole marked 0.009 OFFSET on support with associated hole in fixture
and install pin (PWC37919-29) (4).

25

Tighten bolts (5).

26

Connect compressed air line to grinder and operate grinding wheel.

27

Operate grinding wheel.

CAUTION: TO OBTAIN GOOD RESULTS, GRINDER MUST BE ROTATED


SLOWLY AND ADJUSTED IN SMALL INCREMENTS TO AVOID
EXCESSIVE REMOVAL OF MATERIAL IN ONE PASS.
DRESS WHEEL AT FREQUENT INTERVALS.
28

Rotate grinder one full pass around seal.

29

Turn radial vernier adjustment 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) and repeat pass
around seal.

30

Continue adjusting vernier and repeating passes until 0.009 in. (0.228 mm)
of material is removed from bottom of seal.

31

Disconnect air line and remove grinder and adapter.

32

Using internal micrometer, check ovality is 0.009 in. (0.228 mm).

33

Break sharp edges 0.003 to 0.015 in. (0.076-0.381 mm).

34

Remove capscrews (8), washers (7) and turbine support case and
associated parts (6).

35

Remove bolts (1, Fig. 816) and turbine housing (2) from turbine support
case (5), using jackscrews (PWC32396).

36

Remove LP stator (3).

37

Remove HP shroud segments (Ref. Para. 9.B., Step (13)).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 869
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

WARNING:

38

Clean all components, using solvent (PWC11-027) or cleaner (PWC11-031).


NOTE:

11.

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA


SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE MATERIALS INFORMATION
SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL
CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY,
HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING,
USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

Tergit (PWC11-031) is recommended to be used as an alternative


to petroleum solvent when the use of this product is restricted by
local environmental and/or health legislation.

39

Using vibropeen, mark a V on stator in line with X (Ref. Fig. 821). This
enables stators having a 0.009 in. (0.228 mm) offset to be identified.

40

Install HP turbine shroud segments (Ref. Subpara. B., Step (1)).

Shanknut Replacement (Ref. Fig. 822)


A.

Procedure
CAUTION: INSTALL TWO PACKINGS P/N AS3209-010 ON THREADED END OF
SPREADER (PWC31771).
(1)

Using spreader (PWC31771), remove shanknut as follows:


(a) Screw threaded end of tool into flared end of shanknut.
(b) Using a two-pound ball peen hammer, tap end of tool until shanknut releases
from its seated position.

12.

(2)

Unscrew shanknut from spreader (PWC31771) and discard shanknut.

(3)

Hold new shanknut against flange.

(4)

Lubricate, using a minimum amount of oil (PWC03-001), tapered portion of


spreader (PWC31771-100) or (PWC31771-102) and screw into shanknut until shank
end is flared against flange.

(5)

Remove spreader and examine flared end of shanknut for correct forming with no
evidence of deformation or cracks.

(6)

Check gap between shanknut and flange is 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) max. (Ref. Fig.
822).

Removal/Installation of Power Turbine Rotor Air Seal (Ref. Fig. 823)


A.

Removal
(1)

Remove rotor air seal (2) from power turbine stubshaft, using puller (PWC37275).

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 870
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C22028
LP Turbine Stator - 0.009 in. (0.228 mm) Offset Identification
Figure 821

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 871
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

FLARE MUST BE FLUSH OR


BELOW THIS SURFACE

0.010 IN
0.254 mm
MAX

C30220
Shanknut - Installation
Figure 822

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 872
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

B.

Installation
(1)

Heat rotor air seal (2) in oven at 149 6C (300 10F) for a minimum of 15
minutes.
NOTE:

(2)
13.

If an oven is not available, use a heat gun, noting heat must be applied
evenly over the surface of the seal. Sufficient time must be taken to
ensure the complete seal is heated thereby ensuring distortion does not
occur.

Install rotor air seal (2) on power turbine stubshaft, using drift (PWC37276).

HP Turbine Stubshaft Securing Nut Thread Coating (Ref. Fig. 824)


CAUTION: EXCESS AMOUNTS OF COMPOUND (PWC06-032) OR EQUIVALENT, MUST
BE COMPLETELY REMOVED AFTER APPLICATION, BY WIPING WITH A
CLEAN, LINT-FREE CLOTH OR OTHER SUITABLE NON-INJURIOUS METHOD
BEFORE BAKING. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY LEAD TO CORROSION OF
PARTS.
CAUTION: COATED PARTS MUST NOT BE CLEANED WITH PETROLEUM SOLVENTS
OR PRESERVED WITH PETROLEUM COMPOUNDS.
A.

Procedure
(1)

If required, remove existing coating from Area a, using a rotary scotchbrite wheel or
equivalent.

(2)

Vapour degrease nut (Ref. Cleaning/Painting).

(3)

Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection per SPOP 62.

(4)

Heat nut to 93C (200F) to facilitate application of compound.

(5)

Apply an even coat of compound (PWC06-032) or equivalent, using a suitable


brush or felt pad on Area a. If necessary, thin, using toluene (PWC11-030) to
obtain the correct consistency.

(6)

Bake nut at 260 to 288C (500-550F) for approximately 30 minutes.

(7)

Air cool.

(8)

Using vibropeen, strike out the old part number and reidentify to 01R3109640-01 in
the same general area.

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 873
Aug 13/2004

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

C31218
Power Turbine Rotor Air Seal - Removal/Installation
Figure 823

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 874
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

Key to Figure 823


1.
2.

Power Turbine Rotor Balancing Assembly (Ref.)


Air Seal

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 875
Mar 09/2001

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA


MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3045542

B
SECTION

AA
A

VIEW B

COATING OPTIONAL AND


MAY BE
INCOMPLETE

C35315
HP Turbine Stubshaft Securing Nut - Coating
Figure 824

72-03-00
TURBOMACHINERY - APPROVED REPAIRS

Page 876
Mar 09/2001

You might also like